CHAPTER XLIII
DISTRICT CRIME RECORD BUREAU/CITY CRIME RECORD BUREAU,
STATE CRIME RECORD BUREAU, NATIONAL CRIME RECORD BUREAU AND COMPUTERISATION
1. DISTRICT
CRIME RECORD BUREAU
1701. (1) At the headquarters
of each district, a Crime Record Bureau is located headed by an officer of the
rank of a Deputy Superintendent of Police.
The Bureau is under the direct control of the Superintendent of
Police. Its primary duty is to collect,
record and disseminate information about crime in the district and movements
and activities of inter-state and inter-district criminals. It will keep in constant touch with the
incidence of crime and movements of criminals in other districts. It will deal only with active habitual
criminals who commit crime against property and whose activities extend over
more than one station. It will not take
up investigation of cases but will advise and offer suggestions to the
Investigating Officers on crime and criminals on the basis of the records
maintained by it. In important cases of
organised crime, an officer of the Bureau may be placed at the disposal of the
local police in order to collect any particular information or make any special
enquiry, but such officer will, on no account, take the investigation out of
the hands of the local Investigating Officer.
(2) In addition to
giving advice and suggestions to Investigating Officers, it should also supply
classified information to superior officers for the purpose of directing
investigation and controlling crime.
(3) In order that the
Bureau may serve its purpose fully and well, it is important that officers who
obtain information which may be useful to others must promptly communicate it
to the Bureau.
(4) The District Crime
Record Bureau should send information asked for in the prescribed form to
the State Crime Record Bureau
headquartered at Bangalore. In the case
of computerised information, the floppies containing the information should be sent
to the State Crime Record Bureau.
1702. Every DCRB/CCRB is provided with a well equipped photography
section with a purpose to take
photograph of important scene of crime, accident spots and criminals. The
photos can be of great assistance to the I.Os in the detection of crimes as
well as their prosecution. They are required
for bringing up the records not only at DCRB but also at SCRB. The
photos are valuable components of the data bank maintained at the Bureau.
Collection of Information
1703. Station House Officers should submit the following reports to the
Bureau.
Crime
Report
(1) All offences against property should prima-facie
be considered professional. In every
case of crime against property, the Station House Officer, as soon as he
registeres a case, sends a crime report in the integrated form No.173 direct to
the Bureau. The various columns in the
crime report should be filled in properly by the Station House Officer as per
the hints contained inorder No.1705 infra.
(2) If a motor vehicle
is involved in the commission of property crime, the report in the integrated
form No.174 should be sent to the Bureau.
(3) A descriptive roll
in form No.175 should be sent to the bureau in respect of persons wanted or
arrested in such property crime.
(4) On receipt of crime
report and/or motor vehicle report, and descriptive roll, action as indicated
in order 1752 should be taken by the Bureau.
1704. The Investigating Officer
after visiting the scene of offence and making preliminary enquiries, may come
to know certain additional facts and details relating to the crime and
criminals. These additional
particulars, if any, should be reported again in the Crime Details Form to the
Bureau. On receipt of such additional
report or reports, action as indicated in Order 1752 should be taken by the
Bureau.
Hints for writing crime
reports
1705. The crime report is
nothing but the first information report form which has got 15 columns. All the columns are self-explanatory.
Crime Details Form -
This
form has got 12 columns. Column 1 to
3 are self-explanatory. In column 4, the methods, the conveyance
used, character assumed, language used, special features, type and place of
occurrence, type of propety attacked should be filled in taking into
consideration the details under each head provided in the National crime Code Book
issued by the National Crime Records Bureau.
In supplying the information given in crime details form, following
points should be kept in view:--
(a) Class of person or property targeted - As certain criminals attack
only particular types of persons or properties, the class of persons and
property targeted should be adequately described. As for example, a statement "stolen from a person, house or
shop" does not convey what kind of person, house or shop was
attacked. But, a 'beggar woman',
'Travellers bungalow', 'Goldsmiths' shop' would be more appropriate.
(b) Entry - In the case of attacks on buildings, the actual point of
entry into the property, e.g., from adjoining vacant premises, door (front,
rear, etc.) roof, window, etc., should be furnished. In the case of attacks on persons, the place where the person was
attacked, e.g., secluded spot in public garden, should be indicated.
(c) Means - While describing the means, it should be indicated as to how
the property was approached (e.g., pipe climbing, slipping latch of window
through space in ventilator, etc.). In
the case of person, it should be indicated as to how the person was approached
(e.g., accosted with a request for
matches, followed or attacked from behind, etc.) or how the person was induced
to part with property (e.g., bogus employment, etc.).
(d) Object - The object for which the offence is committed should be
clearly indicated.
(e) Time - This should not be limited to the period of time which
elapsed between the property last seen and the time it was missed, but should
also be expressed in conjunction with the opportunity given for or taken by,
the culprit to act such as away on long leave, etc.
(f) Style - It is either the actual or pretended occupation of the
criminal at the time of, or immediately prior to, the commission of the offence
and does not refer to the method of committing crime. It must not be confused with the trade or calling adopted by the
criminal before he engaged in the crime.
Sometimes, the style and actual occupation may be identical. Sometimes, a criminal when accosted by a
third person or when disposing of stolen property to a dealer, pawn-broker or
casual acquaintance will state his alleged particular trade or profession in
order to inspire confidence and allay suspicion. Such acts should be regarded as style.
(g) Tale - The statement made by the criminal, often prepared
beforehand, to cover up his tracks, to meet or avoid suspicion and to endeavour
to impress people with his bonafides, generally supports his style as the most
important part of his make-up for the purpose of committing the offence. It is very important that the tale should be
obtained from the persons victimised or persons from the neighbourhood and no
part of the tale should be considered too insignificant to be recorded.
(h) Associate - Some criminals work alone, while others with companions,
e.g., in the case of a pick-pocket, an associate may receive the stolen
property immediately after it has been taken from the victim.
(i) Transport - The mode of transport employed by an offender to reach
or leave or convey the property should be ascertained.
(j) Trade Mark - Certain criminals are known to commit certain
extraordinary acts not associated with the object of crime, such as disturbing
beds by resting on them, consuming food, committing nuisance, poisoning dogs,
etc., and these should be clearly indicated.
These items of information should be given in the appropriate columns of
the crime details form.
1706. The Station House Officer
should send a weekly Station Crime Report in Form No.176 to the Bureau for the
week ending Saturday so as to reach the Bureau not later than the following
Monday. In this report should be
entered not only cases reported during the week but also cases of previous
weeks in which offenders have been known or reasonably suspected during the
week. Any arrests made in cases should
also be mentioned.
Report of
Arrest of Strangers under Suspicious
Circumstances
1707. In respect of all strangers and also history-sheeted
persons arrested in specific cases or under suspicious circumstances, the
station House Officer should send an arrest report to the Bureau in form No.
175 (Integrated Form). These reports
should be sent to the bureau as and when an arrest is made and should contain
full information about each individual.
On receipt of these reports, the Bureau will examine them and take
further action if such arrested persons are wanted elsewhere.
Final Crime Report
1708. After a case is finally disposed off, a report in integrated form
No.177 should be sent to the Bureau.
1709. During the first week of every month, a list of crime reports sent
by the police station in the previous month should be sent to the Bureau in
Form No.178.
Report of
Release of Prisoners from Jails
1710. A report in form No.179
containing particulars of history-sheeted persons who, whether residing in the
station limits or concerned in station cases, were released from jail during
the week and the previous three weeks or are likely to be released during the
ensuing four weeks .should be attached
to the weekly station crime report of the last week of the month.
Conviction
Report
1711. As soon as an accused in a
crime against property is convicted, the station House Officer should send a
Conviction Memorandum in form No. 217 (Integrated Form) enclosing the finger
print slips of the accused to the District Crime Record Bureau through the
Circle Inspector wherever applicable.
Instructions regarding the transmission of fingerprint slips for record
in Fingerprint Bureau by Station House Officers are contained in the chapter on
'Fingerprints and Photographs'.
Reports on the Doings and conduct of all criminals
whose dossiers are maintained in the Bureau
1712 i) The Station House
Officer should send a report in Form No.180 for every quarter of the doings and
conduct of all dossier criminals, so as to reach the Bureau not later than the
fifth of the first month of the following quarter. When a dossier criminal has also been registered in another
district, a copy of the quarterly report on him should be sent direct to the
bureau of that district as well. The
Station House Officer should, in addition, report all the movements of dossier
criminals outside the station limits then and there to the Bureau, besides
incorporating the information in the quarterly current doings report. In the case of a criminal concerning whom it
is desirable to obtain more frequent reports,
necessary special instructions
will be issued by the Superintendent.
The information furnished in the
report will be embodied by the Bureau in the dossier of the criminal maintained
in the Bureau.
ii). The District crime Record Bureau should intimate to the State Crime
Record Bureau the conduct and current doings of the C.I.D. and foreign criminals.
iii). The names of
persons known or suspected to be active habitual criminals who pass out of
view and of any persons wanted by the police will be communicated to the
Bureau for publication giving particulars in each case of the modus operandi,
sphere of operations, names and addresses of relatives and associates and
places they are likely to visit. The
arrest of any such persons should be similarly communicated, noting particulars
of the person arrested and the circumstances of the arrest. In the case of C.I.D.criminals or foreign
criminals, the particulars should also be furnished to the State Crime Record
Bureau.
Crime
Intelligence
1713. Any information about
the crime or criminals that is likely to further the activities of the Bureau
or to be of value for purposes for which the Bureau is intended, should be
communicatd to the Bureau as soon as it comes to notice.
1714. The Bureau will gather
further information by enquiries in special directions by members of the staff,
perusal of case diaries, weekly crime and occurrence sheets of other districts,
etc.
Records of the Bureau
1715. The following records will
be maintained by the Bureau:
(1)
Dossiers for criminals.
(2)
Personal files of dossier criminals.
(3)
Register of dossier criminals.
(4)
Alphabetical index to dossiers maintained in the Bureau.
(5)
Modus operandi-wise register of all out-of-view persons for whom history sheets
are maintained in the stations.
(6)
Register of absconders, Part I.
(7)
Register of absconders, Part II.
(8)
Register of military deserters.
(9)
Register of smugglers.
(10)
Register of gangs.
(11)
Register showing the probable dates of release from jail of all history-sheeted
persons including dossier criminals.
(12)
Register of crime reports received.
(13)
Register of undetected cases.
(14)
Card Index.
(15)
General subject files.
(16)
Photographs.
(17)
Crime chart and graphs.
(18)
File of references from Investigating Officers.
(19)
File showing calls on the expert staff of the Bureau.
(20)
Copies of Criminal Intelligence Gazettes.
(21)
Weekly crime and occurrence sheets.
(22)
Monthly crime reviews.
(23)
Advisory and crime memorandum books.
(24)
Register of visits to the Bureau.
(25)
Visiting book for superior officers.
(26)
Such other records as may be prescribed from time to time depending upon the
local needs and conditions.
Dossiers
for Criminals
1716. (1)
The Bureau should maintain dossiers for all criminals for whom history
sheets are opened and who operate in more than one Police Station. Those who reside in one Police Station and
operate in another will come within the purview of this order. These criminals will be known as dossier
criminals and will be given a D.C. (Dossier Criminal) Number. The dossier should be maintained in Form
No.97. An inter-district criminal on
record in a Bureau must also be on record in the Bureau of each of the
districts in which he has committed crime or has resided for more than three
months irrespective of whether he has committed crime in that district or not,
and will be given a D.C. number in each of those districts, D.C. numbers of
other districts being entered for reference on the docket sheet.
(2) All inter-district
criminals who are inter-state criminals or dangerous inter-district criminals
of sufficient importance are termed as "C.I.D.Criminals". All outside inter-state criminals who would
have been dossier criminals, if they had resided in the state, are termed
'foreign criminals'. Dossiers should be
kept in the Bureau for the foreign criminals in the district where they have
operated, besides the C.I.D. criminals.
(3) Personal files of
dossier criminals.-- A personal file should also be opened for each dossier
criminal and all miscellaneous corrspondence including enquiry rolls should be
filed.
1717. The following are the
instructions regarding the opening, maintenance and closure of dossiers in the
Bureau:--
(1) A dossier need not
necessarily be maintained for the lifetime of a criminal but may be closed
under the orders of the Superintendent, if the criminal (I) is too old to
commit crime or (ii) is unable from any disability or other reasons to commit
crime or (iii) has shown beyond doubt that he has reformed himself and
abandoned his criminal life. The
dossier of a criminal who is out of view may be closed after he attains eighty
years of age. A criminal whose dossier
has been so closed should be indicated by a yellow signal on all the indices where
his name or alias appears to indicate that he is inactive and that his dossier
has been closed. Dossiers of persons
who have died shall be destroyed under the orders of the Superintendent. Before the dossier of a criminal who is also
on record in another district is closed or destroyed, the Superintendent of the
latter district should be consulted.
(2) A history sheet
will be maintained for every dossier criminal in the station in the
jurisdiction of which he resides for at least such time as a dossier is
retained for him in the Bureau.
(3) The Bureau should
draw up a programme at the close of every year fixing months in the succeeding
year for comparing the dossiers maintained in the Bureau with the history
sheets in the stations and should see that the comparison is made and all
entries are brought up to date. For the
purpose of this comparison, the Station House Officer will bring th history
sheets maintained by him to the Bureau during the month fixed for him. Before the Station House Officer takes a
history sheet for comparison with the history sheet in the Bureau, he should
interview the criminal, visit his village and personally verify all the entries
in the history sheet, special attention being paid to his descriptive
particulars, habits, occupation, relations and associates. The Inspector during his half-yearly
inspection and the Sub-Divisonal Police Officer during his annual inspection,
should also interview the dossier criminals residing in the station limits and
check up the entries in the history sheets maintained for them in the station.
If they detect any mistake in the entries in any sheet, they should report it
promptly to the Bureau, besides correcting it in the history sheet and
mentioning it in their inspection notes.
(4)
In the case of criminals who are on record in two or more Bureaux, the dossiers
maintained in one Bureau should be compared with those of the other Bureau at
least once a year.
(5) A sheet should be
attached at the end of each dossier or history sheet showing the dates of
comparison ordered in Sub-Orders (3) and (4) above and the signature and
designation of the officers who compared them.
(6) To ensure that the
dossiers in the District Crime Record Bureau are correctly maintained, each
dossier should be scrutinised by the Superintendent or the Sub-Divisional
Police Officer once a year. For this
purpose, (a) a few dossiers and personal files will be put up to the
Superintendent every week-end with a notebook noting therein the numbers of the
dossiers put up and (b) a few dossiers and personal files will similarly be put
up to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer whenever he visits the district
headquarters. The Superintendent and
the Sub-Divisional Police Officer will scrutinise the dossiers and personal files,
ensure that they are correctly maintained and write their remarks in the
personal file on the concerned dossier criminal. All the dossiers and personal files should be scrutinised by both
the Superintendent and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer during the year.
(7) The Station House
Officer shall select criminals who become qualified to be registered as dossier
criminals and intimate to the Bureau then and there. The Bureau will obtain the orders of the Superintendent as to
whether a dossier should be opened for the criminal proposed by the Station
House Officer for registration. The
Inspector and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer also should, during their
station visits and inspections, see whether any addition to, or deletion from,
the list of dossier criminals is necessary and submit proposals to the
Superintendent. The Bureau, too, will
watch for criminals who operate in more than one station or in a station other
than the one in which they reside and take up suo-moto the question of
registering them as dossier criminals.
No dossier will, however, be maintained in the Bureau for a casual
criminal who has committed a petty crime in a station other than the one in
which he resides.
Register
of Dossier Criminals
1718.
This register should be maintained in Form No.181. It is intended to ensure that numbers
assigned to dossier criminals do not overlap.
When a dossier is closed, the date of the order should be noted in the
remarks column and the serial number should be rounded off. The whole entry relating to a dossier
criminal should be struck off only when the dossier is destroyed, the date of
destruction being noted in the remarks column.
Alphabetical
Index to Dossier Maintained in the Bureau
1719. An alphabetical index in
Form No.182 will be maintained. When a
dossier is closed, the date of the order should be noted in the remarks column
and the whole line is struck off when the dossier is destroyed.
Modus Operandi Register of all "Out-of-View"
Persons for Whom History Sheets are maintained in Stations
1720. (1) A register in Form No.183 will be
opened in the Bureau for each modus operandi classification noted in Order 1698
(1) for history-sheeted criminals who are out of view. This register will be written up from the
particulars furnished by the Station House Officer in O.V.cards as and when
they are received. If an 'out-of-view'
history-sheeted person is known to have employed more than one modus operandi,
his name should be entered under all those modus operandi.
(2) If a
history-sheeted person who has been out of view is traced or arrested, the
entry or entries relating to him should be scored out from the relevant
registers and the date of tracing or arrest should be noted in the remarks
column.
(3) The register is maintained
for pointing out to the Investigating Officers the possibility of an
'out-of-view' criminal of a particular modus operandi being responsible for the
crime under investigation.
Register
of Absconders - Parts I and II
1721. A register in Form No.184
containing the names of all absconders in cases registered in the district and
another in Form No.185 containing the names of absconders in cases registered
in other districts and States but resident of or likely to visit the district
will be maintained in the Bureau.
Register
of Military Deserters
1722. A register in Form
No.186 will be maintained in the Bureau to keep a watch over and to arrest
military deserters.
Register
of Smugglers
1723. A register in Form
No.187 will be maintained in the Bureau to keep a watch over the activities of
smugglers.
Register
of Gangs
1724. A register of gangs in
Form No.188 will be maintained in the Bureau for collection and dissemination
of information about gangs. Separate
sheets should be allotted for each of the following classes of gangs:
I.
Dacoits, Robbers and Poisoners.
II.
Burglars.
III.
House thieves.
IV.
Thieves.
V.
Cattle lifters.
VI.
Receivers.
VII.
Cheats.
VIII.
Counterfeiters.
IX.
Other offenders.
Register Showing the Probable Dates of Release of All
History-sheeted Persons including Dossier Criminals.
1725. The Bureau will
maintain a register in Form No.179 showing the probable dates of release from
jail of all history-sheeted persons including dossier criminals. This register must be prepared with the help
of the jail release lists furnished by the jail authorities and checked with
the reports submitted by the Station House Officers under Order 1676. Such particulars as the modus operandi
details and sphere of operation which will not be found in the jail release lists
can be obtained from the monthly reports submitted by the Station House
Officers. A page or more in the
register should be set apart for each month.
The Bureau will publish in the last weekly crime and occurrence sheet of
each month full details of all persons who are likely to be released in the
succeeding month. It will also study
the relation between the incidence of crime and the release of a criminal with
reference to modus operandi and place of occurrence.
Register
of Crime Reports Received
1726. A register in Form
No.189 will be maintained in the Bureau to note the receipt and disposal of
crime reports received from the Police Stations. Separate sheets will be allotted to each Police Station in the
district, one for each district within the State and one for each outside the
State.
Register
of Undetected Cases
1727. It will be maintained
in the Bureau in Form No.190. It helps
in grouping and tracing of cases and in finding out trends and concentration of
particular forms of offences in various parts of the district. Where the modus operandi is similar, the
person or property attacked is similar, the sphere of operation is the same and
the criminal arrested was out of the jail at the relevant time, he could with
advantage be interrogated on the information furnished from this register. An undetected case on being detected should
be scored out in red ink. Separate set
of sheets should be earmarked for each of the following major classes of
crime:---
I.
Dacoity, robbery and poisoning.
II.
House breaking and theft.
III.
House theft.
IV.
Ordinary
theft.
V.
Cattle
theft.
VI.
Receiving
or possession of stolen property.
VII.
Cheating
VIII.
Counterfeiting.
IX.
Criminal breach of trust or misappropriation.
Card
Index
1728. The following card
indices will be maintained for dossier criminals. The cards will be of approved size and will be kept in cabinets.
(1)
Name Index.
(2)
Modus operandi Index.
(3)
Descriptive, Deformity and Physical Peculiarity Index.
(4)
Style Index.
(5)
Trade Mark Index.
(6)
Transport Index.
(7)
Wanted Person Index in four different classes.
(8)
Stolen/Lost Property Index.
(9)
Recovered Property Index.
(10)
Signals.
Name Index (Alphabetical
Index)
1729. The cards for the name
index will be maintained in four colours, white for criminals of the district,
blue for criminals of border districts operating in the district, pink for
inter-district and red for inter-state criminals. The cards will be arranged in strictly alphabetical order, like
the words in a dictionary, irrespective of their colours. If a new card is opened, it should be
inserted in the correct place.
Inter-district criminals will be given appropriate coloured cards from
the point of view of each district, e.g., a criminal of Belgaum district who
also operates in Dharwar district will have a white card in Belgaum district
and a blue one in Dharwar but the white card maintained in Belgaum district
will be given a green signal to indicate that the criminal is also registered
in another district (see instructions under "Signals' infra). The cards have a line, quarter of an inch
above the bottom edge. Below this line,
the name or alias of the criminal followed by his father's name indicated by
the prefix "S/o " should be typed.
The card provides for the entry
of various details for easy reference.
A card should be opened for each alias that a criminal is known to
assume. The proforma for this card is
shown in Form No.191. This index
provides a ready reference to all the dossier criminals and also gives important
facts about each criminal but, for further details the dossier and personal
file of the criminal must invariably be referred to.
Modus
operandi Index
1730. (1) The cards for this
index will be arranged in the order of
the different modus operandi classification and other characteristics in
drawers assigned to the main heads of crime.
The index heads will be the catch-words given in the following crime
classification:-
Classes of crime - Major and
Minor Classifications
Class I. Offences attended with Violence.-
D - Dacoity
M - Murder for gain
P - Poisoning or
drugging
R - Robbery
Class II. House Breaking and Theft
A - Auger
B - Bolt hole
C - Chisel used
D - Door lifted off
hinges
D2 - Lifting latch by inserting hand
or implement
D3 - Opening door not
locked.
E - Eaves
H - Holes on the wall
or manhole
K - Key (False) used to open lock or
picking
L - Breaking lock or
fastening
R - Roof-hole
S - Scaling (wall or
roof)
T - Threshold hole
U - Unclassified
W1 - Window bars removed
W2 - Window frame
removed
W3 - Inserting hand or stick through
window
Class III. House Thefts
B1 - Bogus visitor
B2 - Bunk
B3 - Bungalow
C1 - Counter (Bank or
Post Office)
C2 - Clothes
C3 - Clocks
G - Grains
L - Lanterns
S1 - Schools
S2 - Shops
S3 - Servants
S4 - Sleeping persons
(from)
T - Temple
U - Unclassified
V - Vessels
Class IV. Ordinary Thefts
A - Agricultural Implements (theft of)
B - Bandies of or from
C1 - Cycle thefts
C2 - Clothes
D - Children from
E - Electrical goods
F - fairs and festivals
G1 - Grains
G2 - Garden produce
H - Thefts from bathing
ghats
J - Jewels
L - Lanterns
M - Motor cars - from
P - Pocket-picking
S1 - Snatching
S2 - Sleeping persons -
from
T - Timepieces or
watches or clocks
U - Unclassified
V - Vessels
W - Wire
Class V. Cattle Thefts
B - Buffaloes
D - Donkeys
G - Goats or sheep
H - Horses
OS - Oxen for sale or
ransom
OK - Oxen for skin or
meat
P - Pigs
Class
VI. Receiving or Possession of Stolen Property
Class VII. Cheating
B - Bogus agent
G - Guilt jewels
P - Personation
U - Unclassified
Class VIII. Counterfeiting
C - Making or passing counterfeit
coins
N - Making or passing counterfeit
notes
Class IX. Criminal Breach of trust or Misappropriation
C - Cycles
D - Dhobi
J - Jewels
S
- Servant or clerk
U - Unclassified
(2) The list is only
illustrative and not meant to be exhaustive.
Some of the items may not apply to all districts and some districts may
need a few additional items. Any
addition to the list should be made with the approval of the Deputy
Inspector-General, criminal Investigation Department. Station House Officers should note the appropriate classification
in the various reports sent by them to the Bureau. The D.C. number of the district in which the criminal resides,
the D.C. numbers, if any, assigned to him in other districts, his name with
aliases, his place of residence with the name of the police station, the name
or names of Police Station limits and districts where the criminal has operated
and full modus operandi details will be noted in columns 1-7 respectively in
the body of the card. The type of crime
will be entered below the bottom line of the card. The names of the criminals addicted to the particular type should
be entered on both sides of the card, three to four names on each side of the
card. The card will be in Form No.192.
(3) When a criminal
commits a crime which falls under more than one head, his name should be
entered under each card and the full modus operandi details entered in column 7
of the card. Column 7 is of special
significance because in locating a criminal, the apparently minor details of
the modus operandi are even more important than the broad classifications
outlined above. Hence, all details and
particulars regarding the method of entry, nature of the building attacked, nature of weapons employed, kind of
property stolen, form of violence used and all criminal characteristics such as
eating food at the scene of crime, using detonators or crackers and using
boulders to break open the door should be noted in detail in column 7. When
a crime of any particular modus
operandi is reported, the criminals
whose names and other particulars are
found on the card bearing the index head of that particular modus operandi will
be examined besides other indices and records in order to point out to the
Investigating Officer as to who among them, are likely to have committed the
offence. In doing this, details of
modus operandi, and not merely its broad classification, should receive
attention.
Descriptive,
Deformity and Physical Peculiarities Index
1731. Index Cards in Form
No.193 will be maintained for such physical peculiarities, identification marks
and criminal characteristics of dossier criminals. The class of descriptive, deformity and physical peculiarity will
be typed below the bottom line of the card in the same way as for modus
operandi index cards and the D.C. numbers and names of criminals and the
details of peculiarities or characteristics noted on the card. If a criminal has more than one physical
peculiarity or distinct deformity, then his name should find a place under all
those heads. A typical list of
physical peculiarities and deformities are given below:
BUILD
Fat (stout/strong)
Normal (Muscular)
Thin (Lanky)
COMPLEXION
Dark
Fair
Very Fair
Wheatish/Sallow
TEETH
Broken
False Tooth/Teeth
Gaps in Teeth
Metal Tooth
Metal Tooth Gold (capping)
Metal Tooth Silver (capping)
Missing Tooth/Teeth
Normal (Even)
Overlapping Teeth
Protruding
Stained
HAIR
Bald Full
Bald Partial
Brown
Curly - Black
Curly - Black & Grey
Curly - Grey
Long
Normal - Black
Normal - Black & Grey
Normal - Grey
Wig use of
EYES
Eye Artificial Left
Eye Artificial Right
Eye Blue
Eye Brown
Eye Markedly Close Set
Eye Markedly Wide Set
Eye Normal
Eye Protruding
Eye Reddish
Eye Slit
Eye Sunken
Eye-Brows - Arched/Curved
Eye-Brows - Artificial
Eye-Brows - Clearly United
Eye-Brows - Oblique
Eye-Brows - Straight
Eye-Brows - Thick
Eye-Brows - Thin
Eye-Brows - Widely Distended
HABITS
Bragging
Chew Betal/pan
Chews pan Masala
Chews Supari
Chews Tobacco
Cinema Crazy
Drinks Liquor
Drug Addict
Eyes Blinking
Eyes Shifting'
Gambler
Homosexual
Lip Biting
Lottery Player
Moustache Twisting
Nail Biting
Prostitute Monger
Race-Goer
Smoker
Snuff Taker
Stretching
PLACES
OF BURN MARKS/LEUCODERMA/ MOLE/ SCAR/ TATTOO
Back Left Side
Back Right Side
Cheek Left
Cheek Right
Chest Middle
Chest Left Side
Chest Right Side
Chin
Eat Left
]Ear Right
Eye Brow Left
Eye Brow Right
Face
Foot Left
Foot Right
Forehead
Hand Left
Hand Left - Letter
Hand Left - Future
Hand Right
Forearm Right - Figure
Forearm Right - Letter
Head
Leg Left
Leg Right
Lip Lower
Lip Upper
Neck
Nose
Shoulder Left
Shoulder Right
Stomach
Thigh Left
Thigh Right
Palm Right
Palm Left
BEARD
Bearded
Clean Shaven
Goatee (French/Bulganin)
Imperial/Rauputi
Long - Thick
Long - Thin
Long Flowing
Rolled & Tied (Sikh Type)
Short/Trimmed - Thick
Short/Trimmed -Thin
Sideburn/Whisker
Dimpled Cheek
Dimpled Chin
Double Chin
Forehead Broad
Forehead Narrow
High Cheek
Long
Oval
Poxpitted
Prominent Cheek
Protruding Chin
Receding Forehead
Round
Square/Heavy Jaw
Sunken Cheeks
Wrinkled
MOUSTACHES
Clipped
Drooping
Fly Type
Half Moustache (Hitler Type)
Handle Bar
Pencil
Tooth Brush
Turned Up
NOSE
Broad Nostrils (Markedly Dilated)
Bulbous
Hooked (Parrot Type)
Long Pierced
Pointed
Snub/Pug
Turned Up Nostrils
SPEECH/VIOCE
Deep/Heavy/Guttoral
Fast
Feminine
Loud Spoken
Nasal
Slow
Soft Spoken
Stammering
FACE / HEAD
Deaf
Ear Deformed - Both
Ear Deformed - Left
Ear Deformed - Right
Ear Markedly large
Ear Markedly Small
Ear Missing - Both
Ear Missing - Left
Ear Missing - Right
Eyes Blind one
Eyes Squint
Hare Lips
Lobes Pierced
Nose Peculiar
One Eyed
Protruding Face
OTHER
PARTS OF BODY
Arm Missing - Right
Bow Legged - Left
Eunuch
Finger(s) Extra - Left
Finger(s) Extra - Right
Finger(s) Missing - Left
Finger(s) Missing - Right
Goitre
Knee knocked
Left Foot Missing
Left Hand Missing
Leg - Elephantiasis
Leg Limping
Leg Missing - Left
Leg Missing - Right
Leprosy
Right Foot Missing
Right Hand Missing
Stopping/Hunch Back
Toe(s) Extra - Left
Toe(s) Extra - Right
Toe(s) Missing - Left
Toe(s) Missing - Right
Style
Index
1732. Index Cards should be
in form No.194 and will be maintained for each style. It indicates criminals' alleged trade or profession at the time
of or immediately prior to the commission of offence. The class of style will be typed below the bottom line of
the Card and other particulars entered
as shown in the card. A typical list of styles is given below:
Beggar
Domestic Servant
Driver
Friend
Passenger/Co-traveller
Relative
Religious persons/Sadhu/Muni/astrologer, etc.
Representative of Guardian
Salesman
Street Vendor/Hawker
Uniformed Policeman
Utility Serviceman
Trade
Mark Index
1733. Index cards should be
in form No.195 and will be maintained for each trade mark employed by the
criminal. Trade mark indicates
extraordinary act done by criminals not associated with crimes such as changing
clothes or committing nuisance. The
trade mark will be typed below the bottom line of the card and other
particulars entered as shown in the card.
A typical list of trade marks is given below:
(1) Anaesthetics or drugs used on victim
(2) Articles not disturbed
(3) Changing of clothes
(4) Consuming food at the scene
(5) Confining inmates in one room
(6) Consuming liquor at the scene
(7) Cutting instruments - use of
(8) Disconnecting electricity
(9) Disconnecting telephone connection
(10) Drugging victim
(11) Drugging watch-dog
(12) Drugging watchman
(13) Easing at the scene of offence
(14) Dragging victim
(15) Killing victims
(16) Making sounds to verify alertness of inmates
(17) Masking face
(18) Obscene or abusing language - use of
(20) Operating torchlight
(21) Placing obstruction on approach or path
(22) Throwing bomb or explosives
(23) Throwing by the roadside
(25) Throwing dirt
(26) Throwing filth
(27) Throwing garbage
(28) Torturing victim.
Transport
Index
1734. Index Cards should be
in form No.196 and should be maintained for each type of conveyance used
before, during or after the commission of an offence. The type of conveyance will be typed below the bottom line and
particulars entered in other columns. A
typical list of conveyance is given below:
Conveyance (Automobiles & Others)
Aircraft
Ambulance
Auto-cycle
Autorikshaw
Brage
Bicycle
Boat
Bulldozer
Bullock cart
Bus
Camel cart
Car
Cycle Rickshaw
Glider
Hand cart
Hand Rickshaw
Hang Glider
Horse Cart
Hover Craft
Jeep
Lorry
Mini Bus
Moped
Motor Boat
Motor Cycle
Peterrehra/Jugar/Trolley with Engine
Road Roller
Ropeway (Gondola)
Scooter
Ship
Skates (Roller)
Skies (Snow)
Station Wagon
Tanga
Tanker
Taxi
Tempo
Tractor
Trailer
Train
Truck
Van.
Wanted
Persons Index
1735. Cards will be kept in alphabetical
order separately for each of the following classes of persons wantd, either
concerned in a crime or otherwise:-
(i) Wanted index for absconders in
Form No.197.
(ii) Wanted index for abducted
persons in Form No.198.
(iii) Wanted index for missing
persons in Form No.199.
(iv) Wanted index for dead-bodies in
Form No.200.
The cards will be
eliminated as and when the persons wanted are arrested or recovered or found
and in the case of dead bodies as and when the body is identified.
Stolen/Lost
Property Index
1736. All identifiable
property lost in cases published in the weekly crime and occurrence sheet which
has not been recovered at the time of its publication, will be indexed. The property recovered index and information
in respect of properties seized under suspicious circumstances received by the
Bureau either from Station House Officers or through crime and occurrence
sheets of neighbouring districts should be carefully checked with the
properties indexed in the Bureau to see whether they are concerned in any crime
of the district. If any of the
properties seized is identical with that lost in a case, the fact should be
immediately intimated to the Station House Officer who recovered the property
under suspicious circumstances. If any
item of property indexed is recovered, the entry relating to it should be
scored out from the index and the date of tracing it noted. A typical list of identifiable properties to
be indexed is given hereunder.
AGRICULTURE PRODUCTS
Cardamom
Citronella Grass (Fodder Grass)
Cocoa
Coconut
Coffee
Condiments
Dry fruits
Fruits
Ginger
Grains
Herbs
Husk
Jaggery
Kesar (Saffron)
Manure
Milk and Milk products
Nuts
Oil cake
Oil seeds
Pulses
Roots
Seeds
Spices
Sugar
Supari
Tea
Vegetables
ANIMALS
Allegator
Bear
Buck
Buffalo
Bull
Bullock
Camel
Cat
Cheetah
Cow
Crocodile
Deer
Dog
Donkey
Elephant
Fox
Garial
Goat
Horse
Hyena
Leopard
Lion
Monkey
Mule
Musk Deer
Panther
Pig
Pony
Rabbit/Hare
Rat
Reptiles
Rhinoceros
Sambar
Sheep
Tiger
Wild Goat
Yak
Other endangered species
ANIMALS - HIDE/SKIN/REMAINS
Horn-buffalo/cow
Horn-deer
Horn-Rhino
Musk
Skin-black buck
Skin-buffalo/cow
Skin-crocodile
Skin-deer
Skin-Leopard
Skin-Lion
Skin-Panther
Skin-Reptiles
Skin-Tiger
Tusk-Elephant (Ivory)
ARMS
AND AMMUNITION
12 Bore Shot Gun - Double Barrel
12 Bore Shot Gun - Single Barrel
9 MM Browning
9 MM Carbine
Air Gun
Air Pistol
Air Rifle (Spring loaded)
AK-47
AK-54
AK-56
AK-74
AK-94
American AR-15
Anti Aircraft Gun
Anti Tank Missile/Mine
Axe
Bayonet
Bazooka (Karl Gustov Gun)
Bombs
Bow and Arrow
Bow and Arrow - Spring activated
Bren Gun
Bullets
Cartridges
Chopper
Country Made Gun
Country Made Rifle
Dagger
Desi/Topidar D.B.
Desi/Topidar S.B.
Dragon Gun
Firearm parts
Grenade - He
Grenade - Launcher
Gun DBBL
Gun DBML
Gun SBBL
Gun SBML
Hand Machine Gun
Harpoon Gun
Hatchet
Katta Desi
Katta Pistol
Knife
Kukri (Gurkha Dagger)
Light Machine Gun
Medium Machine Gun
Missile Launcher
Mortor 2"
Mortor 3"
Mortor Bomb 2"
Mortor Bomb 3"
Musket 410
Pipe Gun
Pistol .22
Pistol .28
Pistol .32
Pistol .38
Pistol 7.62
Pistol 9MM
Pistol .45
Pistol .455 Magnum
Pistol - Very Light/Signal
Revolver .22
Revolver .28
Revolver .32
Revolver .38
Revolver .45
Revolver 455
Revolver 9MM
Rifle .22
Rifle .30
Rifle .303
Rifle .315
Rifle .375
Rifle 450
Rocket Launcher
Rocket Propelled Grenade
Rubber Bullet Gun
Sickle
SL Rifle 5.62 MM
SL Rifle 7.62 MM
Sniper Rifle
Spear
Sten Gun
Sword
Tear Gas Shell
Tear Gas Grenade
BIRDS
Bustard
Crane
Duck
Myna
Parrot
Partridge
Peacock
Pigeon
Poultry (Chicken)
Quail
Other endangered species
BUILDING
AND BUILDING MATERIALS
Angle Iron
Asbestos Sheets
Asphalt
Ballast
Bamboo Poles
Barbed Wire Fencing
Bitumen/Coal Tar
Bran Tapes
Bricks (Kiln)
Building and Machinery
Cement
Cement Blocks
Cement Bricks
Cement Posts
Cement Slabs
Concrete Mix
Door Frame-Steel
Door Frame-PVC
Door Frame-wooden
Door Leaves Wood
Door Leaves PVC
Door Leaves Steel
Door/Window fittings
G.I.Pipes
G.I.Sheets
Glass Articles
Grill
Lime
Manhole Cover
Marble Blocks or Slabs
Metal Beams
Metal Brackets
Metal Chains
Metal Fittings
Metal Frames
Metal Pipes
Metal Rods
Metal Wires
Mud
Paints and Allied Materials
Polythene Sheets
Pumps
PVC fittings
PVC Pipes
PVC Rods
PVC Tanks
Sand
Sanitaryware and fittings
Scaffolding Materials
Stoneblocks or Slabs
Tiles Floor
Tiles-Roof
Tiles Wall
Timber Beams
Timber Logs
Timber Scantlings
Unclassified Hardware
Window Frame-Steel
Window Frame-Wooden
Window Frame-PVC
Window Shutters
Wooden Poles
CHEMICALS
DDT
Disinfectants
Fertilizers
Insecticide
Pesticide
Phenyle
COINS-CURRENCY
Australian
Austrian Shilling
Bangladesh Takka
Belgian Franc
Canadian dollar
Danish Kroner
Deutsche Mark
Dutch Guilder
Finnish Marrka
French Franc
Hongkong Dollar
Indian Rupee
Italian Lira
Japanese Yen
Kuwait Dinar
Malaysian Ringitt
New Zealand Dollar
Norwegian KR
Pakistan Rupee
Pound Sterling
Rouble
Saudi Riyal
Singapore
Spanish Peseta
Srilankan Rupee
Swedish Kroner
Swiss Franc
U.S.Dollar
UAE Dirham
CONVEYANCE
(AUTOMOBILES & OTHERS)
Aircraft
Ambulance
Auto Cycle
Auto Rickshaw
Barge
Bicycle
Boat
Bulldozer
Bullock cart
Bus
Camel Cart
Car
Cycle Rickshaw
Glider
Hand Cart
Hand Rickshaw
Hang Glider
Horse Cart
Hover Craft
Jeep
Lorry
Mini Bus
Moped
Motor Boat
Motor Cycle
Peterrehra/Jugar/Trolley with Engine
Road Roller
Ropeway (Gondola)
Scooter
Ship
Skates(Roller)
Skies (snow)
Station Wagon
Tanga
Tanker
Taxi
Tempo
Tractor
Trailer
Train
Truck
Van
CULTURAL PROPERTY
Antique Currency
Apparel
Artifacts
Coins
Idols
Jewellery
Maniature Paintings
Manuscript
Monuments
Ornaments
Paintings
Pictures
Ritual/Pooja Articles
Sculptures
Tapestry
Weapons
Wood Work
DOCUMENTS
AND VALUABLE SECURITES
Account Books
Affidavit
Bank Drafts
Bill Book
Bill of Exchange
Bills
Bonds
Cash Book
Certificate
Cheques
Coupon
Credit Card
Debentures
Earnest Money form
Educational Certificate
Engravings
Files
Fixed Deposit Receipt
Govt Securities
Govt Stamp Papers
Hundies
Identity Cards
Inscriptions
Invoice
Indra Vikas Patra
Kisan Vikas Patra
Ledger Book
Letter of Credit
Licence
Lottery Ticket
Measurement Book(MB's)
Misc Documents
Money Order
Mortgage Deed
Muster Roll Book
National Savings Cerificate
Pass Book
Passport
Pay Book
Permit
Postal Order (Foreign)
Postal Order (Indian)
Power of Attorney
Printing Blocks
Promissory Note
Ration Card
Registration Certificate
Sale Deed
Securities
Shares
Stamp Papers
Stamps
Tender Form
Tickets
Title Deed
Traveller's Cheque
Voter's ID Card
Visa
Way Bill
Will
Others
DRUGS/NARCOTIC DRUGS
Amphetamine
Barbiturate
Bhang
Brown Sugar
Cannabis Plant
Charas
Cocaine
Coca Leaf
Codeine
Crack
Datura
Ganja
Hashish Oil
Hashish
Heroin (Diacetylmorphine)
L.S.D. (Lysergine)
Mandrax
Methaqualone
Morphine
Opium
Opium Derivatives
Plant Pod-Poppy
Poppy Husk
Poppy Plant Pod
Poppy straw
Smack
Other NDPS Substances as per Act
ELECTRICAL
AND ELECTRONIC GOODS
ACSR Wire (Aluminium Core Steel Reinforced)
Air conditioner
Air Cooler
Aluminium Wires
Amplifier
Audio Cassette
Audio Equipment
Battery
Bulb
CD Player
Cable
Calculator
Camera
Cinema Projector
Clock Electric
Compact Disc Player
Computer
Computer Accessories
Cooking Range-Electric
Copper Sheet
Copper Wire
Cordless Telephone
CVT
Dish Antenna
Dish Washer
Dynamos
Electric Bell
Electric Generator
Electric Insect Repeller(Killer)
EPABX System
Exhaust Fan
'Fan
Fire Detector
Fire Extinguisher
Flourescent
Lamp (Tube Light)
Food Processor
Generators
Geyser
Grinder
Hair Drier
Heater-Air
Heater-Water
Immersion Rod
Integrated Circuit
Intercom
Iron Electric
Kettle Electric
Light Fittings
Loudspeaker
Mercury Vapour Lamp
Meter Electric
Microphones
Microwave Oven
Mixi
Mobile Phone
Modem
Motor Electric
Motor Pumps
Movie Camera
Music System (Incl. Stereo)
Oven-Electric
Over Head Projector
Pager
PBX System
Pedestal Lamp
Photocopier
Printer
Radiogram
Radios
Record player
Records (Gramophone)
Refrigerator
Remote Control
Sewing Machine Electric
Shaver-Electric
Slide Projector
Sodium Vapour Lamp
Starters
Switches
T.V.Accessories
Table Lamp
Tape Recorder
Telephone
Teleprinter
Television
Toaster-Electric
Torch Light (Flash Light)
Transformer
Transistor
Two-in-One
Uninterrupted Power Supply Equipment (UPS)
VCP
VCR
Video Camera
Video Cassette
Voltage Stabilizer
Washing Machine
Water Cooler
Welding Equipment
Wireless Accessories
Wireless Set
EXPLOSIVES
A.N./C.A.N.
Acramite
Anti Personnel Booby Traps
Anti Personnel Mines
Barium Nitrate
Black Powder
Bomb-Country Made
Bomb-Crude form
Bomb-H.E.
Bomb-Remote Control
Charcoal Chlorate
Chinese Mixture-I
Chlorate Mixture
Cocktail Bomb
Composition-B
Composition-C.3
Composition-C.4
Cordite
Cotton Explosives
Detonator
Dinitrobenzene
Dintrocholorobenzene
Dintrogylcol
Dintrotoluene
Dynamite (TNT)
Dynamite/Nitro Glycerine
Explosive-D (Ammonium Picrate)
Fire Works (Crackers)
Fulminate
Fuse
Gelatine
Grenade-hand
Gun Cotton
Gun-Powder
H.B.X.
Improvised Explosive Device (I.E.D.)
Jelly
K.D.N.B.F./Dinitrobenzo
Furoxane
L.M.N.R.(Lead Mononstroresorcinate)
Land Mine
Lead Azide
Liquid Oxygen (LOX)
Mercury Azide
Mercury Fulminate
Military Dynamite
Molotov-Cocktails
Nitrate Mixture
Nitro Compound
Nitro Glycerine
Nitro-Starch
P.E.T.N./PETTIN
Photo-Flash Powder
Picric Acid
Plastic Explosives
Potassium Sulphate
RDX
Rocket
Semtex
Sheet Explosives
Smokeless Powder
Tacot
Tetranitroaniline/TNA
Tetranitrol/Erythrityltetra Nitrate
Tetryl
Trinitro
Trinitro Acetonenitrile
Trinitro-N-Cresol/Cresolite
Trinitroaniline (Picramide)
Trinitroanisol (Methylpicr Ate)
Trinitrobenzene (T.N.B.)
Trinitrobenzoic Acid
Trinitrochlorobenzene
Trinitroglycerine
Trinitromethylene Triamine/Cyclonite
Trinitrophenol
Trinitrophenyl Methylnitramine/Tetryl
Trinitrophenyl Nitramine-Ethylnitrate
Trinitroresorcinol/ Styphnic Acid
Trinitrotoluene/T.N.T.
Trinitroxylene/TNX
Wax-Mix
Others (Please specify)
FOREST PRODUCTS
Agar
Cinchona
Eucalyptus Oil
Fire Wood
Gum
Kandu/Tendu Leaf
Lac
Mahua
Neel (Blue)
Red Sanders Wood
Tesin
Rose Wood
Rubber
Sal Seed
Salwood
Sandal Oil
Sandal Wood
Teak Wood
Walnut Wood
Wood Others
Others (Please specify)
HOUSEHOLD ARTICLES
Attache
Automobile Accessories
Bag
Belt
Boxes
Camera
Canvas sheets
Cap
Carpets
Chair
Cigarette Lighter
Clocks
Clothing
Cooking Range (Gas)
Cosmetics
Crockery
Cutlery
Decorative articles
Edibles
Fittings
Footwear
Furniture
Garments
Gas Cylinder
Gas Regulator
Gloves
Grocery
Hot Water Bottle
Keys
Leather Wears / Garments
Lighter
Linen
Locks
Oven (Gas)
Perfumes
Petromax
Pipes
Plastic Material
Purses
Rope
Sports Goods
Stationery
Stove
Suit cases
Table
Tarpaulin
Thermos
Time pieces
Toys
Typewriter
Umbrella
Utensils
Wallet
Wardrobe (Almirah) - Steel
Wardrobe (Almirah) - Wooden
Watch - Wrist
Water Musk
Water Tank
Weapon cases
Woolens
Others (Please specify)
JEWELLERY
Diamond Bangles
Diamond Necklace
Diamond Ring
Diamond Studs
Gold Anklets
Gold Armlet
Gold Bangles
Gold Biscuits
Gold Bracelet
Gold Coin
Gold Ear Rings
Gold Ear Stud
Gold finger ring
Gold Hair Pin
Gold Head Cornet
Gold Head Crown
Gold Mangalsutra
Gold Neck Chain
Gold Neck Lace
Gold Nose Rings
Gold Nose Screws
Gold Shoulder Broach Pin
Gold Waist Band
Gold Waist Cord
Ivory Articles
Ivory Ornaments
Precious Material
Precious Stone
Silver Block
Silver Coin
Silver Ear Rings
Silver Ear Stud
Silver Finger Rings
Silver Head Cornets
Silver Head Crown
Silver Neck Chain
Silver Necklace
Silver Nose Rings
Silver Nose Screws
Silver Shoulder Broach Pins
Silver Waist Band
Silver Waist Cord
MACHINERY INSTRUMENTS/ACCESSORIES
Agricultural Implements
Automobile Implements
Automobile Parts
Bicycle Accessories
Diesel Generators
Drilling Machine
Electrical Instruments
Electronic Instruments
Generators
Hand Pumps
HouseBreaking Instruments
Industrial Gases
Industrial Instruments
Lathe Machine
Machine Tools
Mechanical Instruments
Milling Machine
Musical Instruments
Optical Instruments
Photographic Instruments
Printing Instruments
Printing Machinery and Accessories
Scientific and Laboratory Instruments
Surgical Instruments
Welding Instruments
Others (Please specify)
MARINE/RIVER PRODUCTS
Crab
Fish
Frog
Prawn
Shrimp
Tortoise/Turtle
PETROLEUM PRODUCTS
Aviation Turbine Fuel (ATF)
Diesel
Grease
Kerosene Oil
LPG
Mobile Oil
Petrol
RAILWAY PROPERTIES
Carriage Fittings
Coal
Electrical accessories
Fish Plate
Locomotive fittings
Rails
Relays
Signal Lights
Sleeper
Traction wire
Others (Please specify)
RAW MATERIAL
Coal
Cotton Bale
Iron Ore
Lime stone
Manganese Ore
Marble
Metal Ingots
Metal Sheets
MICA
Pig Iron
Radio Active substance
Steel Rods
MISCELLANEOUS
Beedi
Books
Cigar
Cigarette
Display/Cine Board
Journals
Leaflets
Metalware
Pamphlets
Periodicals
Posters
Publicity Materials
Textile
Tyre & Tube
Yarn
Others (Please specify).
Recovered
Property Index
1737. All identifiable
properties found or seized under suspicious circumstances and the complainant
or owner of which have not been traced, will be entered in Form No.202 kept for
each such property. As and when the
ownership or crime to which the property pertains is established, the entries
in the cads will be scored out. A
typical list of such identifiable property is given in Order 1736.
Case
Index
1738. On receipt of first
crime report in Form No.173, a case card index should be opened for each case
noting therein the major and minor head of classification and brief facts of
the case. Further entries should be
made therein from returns and information received in the Bureau till the
receipt of Final Report in Form No.177.
These should be kept Police Station-wise in Form No.203.
Signals
1739. Slip-on signals
indicating the particulars noted below will be attached to the bottom of name
index cards and to the sides of modus operandi, physical peculiarity, style and
trade mark index cards.
Blue - in jail.
Red - out of view.
Two reds - out of view
and wanted.
Yellow - inactive
Green - operates
outside the district.
1740 Information of permanent
value about important classes of crime and criminals will be maintained in
general subjects files or folios.
Materials for these files will be got from weekly crime and occurrence
sheets, case diaries, special reports and other sources of information. The subjects for which such files should
normally be opened are criminal organisations, ex-criminal tribes, criminal
areas, counterfeit coins and currency notes, bombs and other explosives,
smuggling of arms, drugging or professional poisoning and special classes of
crime. The actual number of such files
will depend on the conditions existing in each district. The files should cover all subjects of
importance affecting the criminal history of the district and should be
carefully maintained and kept up-to-date.
Photographs
1741. (a) The District Police may have
photographs taken –
(i)
of
any object concerned in investigations which
is desirable it be examined in the State Crime Record Berau but which cannot be conveniently sent
there. When negatives are sent by post,
they should be carefully packed in soft paper and enclosed in a wooden box.
(ii)
of persons who are convicted of offences
falling under Chapter XII or XVII of the Indian Penal Code and punishable with
rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or upwards and who are believed to
be habitual criminals;
(iii)
when
their photographs are necessary for purpose of investigation and under the
orders of First Class Magistrate of any persons; and
(iv)
of
foreigners when convicted for offences punishable with rigorous imprisonment
for a term of one year or upwards under the Indian Penal Code.
(v)
The
dress to be worn by a person when being photographed by the police should be
his ordinary everyday attire provided that a professional impersonator may also
be photographed in such custumes as he has adopted for the purpose of such
impersonation.
(vi)
In
the case of persons whose history sheets are on record or are proposed to be
recorded in the State Crime Record
Bureau , one set of the photographs will be kept in the District Crime Record
Bureau concerned and another set sent to the Crime Branch, State Criminal
Investigation Department, for record.
(b) (i) All photographs will be examined
annually and in the absence of special reasons to the contrary those enumerated
below withdrawn from record;
(ii) In the case of a person who is a professional
poisoner, note-forger, coiner, arms smuggler or a habitual offender, on his
attaining the age of 80 years or on his death, whichever is earlier; and
(iii) In the case of any other person -
(a)
if
he has not more than two convictions in his native district (not having been
convicted outside his native district) and has not, subsequent to his
conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or
convicted, on the expiry of ten years from the date of his release or last
release from jail, as the case may be, or
(b)
if
he has been convicted outside his native district or has more than two
convictions in his native district and has not, subsequent to his conviction or
last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted on
the expiry of 15 years from the date of his release or last release from jail,
as the case may be, or
(c)
on
his attaining the age of 80 years, or on his death, whichever is earliest.
C (1) All criminals for whom dossiers are kept in the Bureau, will be
photographed every 5 years as follows:
(a) the full face
including the head and shoulders;
(b) the full length;
and
© one profile, the one that has any particular mark characteristic,
e.g., scar. The full length photo
should be half plate size and the remaining, quarter plate. The full length photograph should be taken
of the individual in the dress that he ordinarily wears when out of jail. Any marked peculiarity which makes
identification easy and which can be brought out in a photograph should be
brought out in one or more of the positions detailed above or in another
position specially taken for the purpose.
A panel showing the date of photograph and the history sheet will be set
in each of the photographs.
(2) Each set of
photographs will be mounted on a sheet.
(3) For each criminal,
two complete sets will be taken, one to be filed with the dossier and the other
in a loose leaf file arranged in the alphabetical order of the criminals'
names. An additional set will be taken
and filed with the history sheet, if any, in the Police Station. Extra unmounted copies will be kept in the
envelopes affixed to the loose covers ready for distribution when occasion
arises. Additional sets and unmounted
copies will be got to the extent necessary for
inter-district criminals and foreign criminals, so that each Bureau
concerned has enough. The photos of the
C.I.D. and foreign criminals should be sent to the C.I.D. for record.
(4) The negatives of
all photographs should be retained in boxes in the Bureau duly indexed so that
further prints can be taken, if necessary.
(5) Albums should also
be maintained modus operandi-wise in respect of criminals concerned in
important classes of crime such as drugging or poisoning, property offences
attended with violence, pocket picking and cycle thefts.
Quarterly
Return of Photographing of District Criminals
1742. (1) The Bureau should
send a quarterly progress report on the photographing of criminals for whom
dossiers are kept in the Bureau in Form No.204, which should reach the
Inspector-General, MSW & MS(Technical Services), not later than the fifth of the month following the quarter.
(2) An explanatory note
should be given stating why photographs have not been taken for those mentioned
in columns 5, 6 and 7 of the form.
Crime
Charts and Graphs
1743. (1) In order to help the study of crime in the
district with particular reference to persistent incidence of any particular
type of crime in any area or along any route, crime charts as prescribed in the
following sub-orders should be maintained in the Bureau.
(2) A crime chart for each month will be
maintained in which crime reported during the month will be marked by symbols
given in Order 1698.
Sample entry : II - L
or III - Sl
24/8 28/9
(3) Separate annual
crime charts will be maintained, one for each of the following groups of
crimes:-
(a) Murders for gain, dacoities and
robberies, under items I (D)(M)(P) and (R).
(b) House-breakings by day - all
types
(c)
House-breakings by night under items II(A), (B), (E), (R) and (T).
(d) House-breakings by night under
items II (H) and (K)
(e) House-breakings by night under
items II(W1), (W2)s and (W3).
(f) Thefts (ordinary) under item IV
(C1).
(g) Thefts (house as well as
ordinary) under items III (V) and IV(V).
(h) Thefts (ordinary) under item
IV(P).
(4) Both in the monthly
charts and in the annual charts, crimes of other district stations bordering
the district must be plotted. Cases in
which the accused have been arrested and charged should be circled.
(5) Graphs - The Bureau
will maintain the following graphs in order to help the study of fluctuations
of crime in successive years.
(6) For each of the
following classifications, a separate graph will be maintained and on it the
number of true cases reported and the number convicted will be shown, the
former by an uninterrupted line and the latte by a dotted line.
(i) All Indian Penal Code cases.
(ii) Murders
(iii) Dacoities.
(iv) Robberies
(v) House-breakings.
(vi) Thefts (other than cattle
thefts)
(vii) Cattle thefts.
(7) Each graph sheet
will be about 100 cm. by 100 cm., the X-axis being drawn two cm. above the
bottom edge and the Y-axis, two cm. away from the left-hand edge of the
sheet. The X-axis will show the years
and the Y-axis the number of crimes.
Five cm. on the X-axis will represent a year and one cm. on the Y-axis,
50 Indian Penal Code crimes or 10 murders, dacoities, robberies,
house-breakings or cattle thefts or 20 thefts, as the case may be. This scale may be varied, if necessary,
at the discretion of the Supe
rintendent. At the point representing
the crime for a year, the exact number of crimes will be indicated in brackets. In the case of figures of conviction, the
exact number of cases convicted will be shown in brackets above the point.
(8) The graphs will
represent the crime for the years
1957 onwards and crimes for successive
years will be plotted on the same graphs.
A graph should normally last at least 25 years.
References
from Investigating Officers - File of
1744. The Bureau should keep
a separate file showing references received from Investigating Officers asking
for information in unlocated cases. The
purpose of this file is to indicate how far Investigating Officers have sought
the help and advice of the Bureau.
Calls on
the Expert Staff of the Bureau with Results Achieved
1745. Head Constables trained
in finger and foot-prints are attached to some of the Bureaux. A separate file showing the reports received
from Investigating Officers requisitioning the services of these experts and
the results achieved should be maintained in the Bureau.
Criminal
Intelligence Gazette
1746. The Criminal
Intelligence Gazette of the State as well as border States should be filed in
the Bureau.
DISSEMINATION
OF INTELLIGENCE
1747 . Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet
(1) For the efficient and proper dissemination of information regarding
crime and criminals, a weekly crime and occurrence sheet will be published by
the Bureau in five parts in each
District and a Daily crime and Occurrence Sheet will be published by the
Central Crime Record Bureau in the Commissionerates.
(2) The sheet should be dated Saturday of each week and should embody
information received up to Friday. The
pages should be numbered consecutively for the whole year commencing with
January to facilitate reference. The
sheet should be despatched on Monday.
(3) The proforma in which the crime and occurrence sheet should be
prepared is shown in Appendix XXIX.
(4) Part I of the sheet will open with a statement of property crime
under the different heads reported to the Bureau during the week as shown in
Appendix XXIX.
(5) Below this, the following classes of crime should be reported headwise and datewise :
(i) Murder
(ii) Dacoities
(iii) Robberies
(iv) House-breakings by night
(v) House-breakings by day
(vi) House thefts, irrespective of value of property lost
(vii) Thefts other than house thefts and cattle thefts, irrespective of
the value of property lost.
(viii) Cattle thefts.
(ix) Receiving stolen property
(x) Cheating
(xi) Criminal breach of trust
(xii) Counterfeiting coins and currency notes
(xiii) Professional kidnapping
Details of the cases that occurred and were reported to the Bureau during
the week and also of cases that occurred in the previous week but were reported
to the Bureau during the week should be furnished.
(6) The names of border
stations of the district should be underlined and the names of the bordering
district or districts should be noted below the circle name.
(7) List of all
identifiable properties should be published
under each new case in Part I.
Full descriptive particulars and values of properties lost and recovered
should be given.
(8) When persons suspected or known to have been implicated in a case
are registered criminals of a station or dossier criminals, the fact should be
clearly stated.
(9) Instructions or
comments on any case given by the Bureau should be published in italics, if
possible, or distinctly noted under the case concerned. In every case, the instruction or comment,
if any, should be sent immediately to the officer concerned.
(10) Part II of the
sheet will contain the disposal of old cases and will be in the proforma shown
in Appendix XXIX.
(11) The disposal of
all cases against property, as well as cases of murder, should be mentioned in
Part II.
(12) Part III will be
published in five sections, viz.,
(i) particulars of
persons, including history-sheeted criminals, wanted in cases;
(ii) particulars of
history-sheeted persons who have been out of view but not wanted in any case;
(iii) particulars of
history-sheeted persons arrested during the week;
(iv) particulars of
history-sheeted persons released from jail during the week or likely to be
released during the ensuing four weeks (to be given only in the last sheet of
each month), mentioning in the case of persons actually released whether they
are present at home or have gone out of view; and
(v) arrests of
suspicious strangers and/or seizure of property under suspicious circumstances,
full details of property recovered being given.
(13) Particulars of
unidentified dead bodies, stray cattle, lost property, missing and abandoned
persons, etc., should be published in Part IV.
(14) Part V of the
sheet will deal with matters of a general nature and should be freely used for
the purpose. Instructions to Station
House Officers in regard to crime and criminals, notes of special features of
individual cases and any matters of general interest should be published in
this part.
(15) Words or sentences
should be underlined wherever necessary in the sheet in order to emphasise
important points such as places likely to be visited by wanted persons and
names of officers whose attention is to be drawn to any particular entry.
(16) In important
matters, information should be immediately communicated by the Bureau direct to
the officers concerned through advisory memoranda as ordered in Order 1752,
besides publishing it in the weekly crime and occurrence sheet. For example, the slightest indication or
possibility of any crime in the district being connected with crime or
criminals beyond the district shall be communicated promptly to the Station
House Officers, Circle Inspectors and Sub-Divisional Police Officers of the
border areas of the two districts.
(17) The sheets will be
issued to all Superior Police Officers, Circle Inspectors and Station House
Officers of the district, to the District Crime Record Bureaux of bordering
districts, the Inspector-General, State Crime Record Bureau, the Range
Inspectors-General, bordering the district and to such Inspectors and Station
House Officers of bordering districts as the Superintendent shall decide.
(18) Copies of crime
and occurrence sheets should be sent by the Superintendent of the district to
Railway Police Stations and Railway Circle Inspectors within the district and
those in the bordering districts as well as Superintendent of Police,
Railways. The Superintendent of Police,
Railways, should send copies of crime and occurrence sheets of Railway Police
to the Superintendents of all the districts within the State and the
Superintendents of the bordering districts of neighbouring States and the
Superintendents of Railway Police of border States.
(19) Sheets should be
issued only with the permission of the Director General & Inspector General
of Police to the officers of bordering States other than those of districts
bordering this State, to whom they may be sent with the approval of the Superintendent.
(20) On receipt of his
copy the Range Inspector General of Police will study the local outbreaks of
crime with a view to examining the possibility of cases occurring in different
districts forming series and being connected with one another. Timely
instructions should be issued for co-ordinating investigation, for locating the
sources of undetected crime and for indicating ways and means of dealing with
it. Such instructions should be issued then and there to the Superintendents by
wireless. A copy of instructions given by the Range Inspector General of Police
should also be sent to the Inspector General, MSW & MS (TS) who should
likewise issue such instructions as he considers necessary to the
Superintendents, with a copy to the Range Inspector General of Police.
Duties of
Circle Inspectors/PI-SHO
1748. (1) When weekly crime
and occurrence sheets are received by the Circle Inspector from the Bureau, he
should go through them carefully and see that any instructions contained
therein are promptly carried out by the station House Officers concerned and
should draw the attention of his Station House Officers to any omissions in the
reporting of cases. In the case of PI
SHO, he should himself see that the instructions are promptly carried out.
(2) He should, by the
5th of each month, send to the Superintendent a review of the crime of his
circle for the previous month.
(3) Every Inspector
should attach to the monthly crime statement sent by him to the Superintendent
a statement in Form No.205, showing the number of suicides during the previous
month. A register in Form No.206 should be maintained in the Bureau, wherein
a page will be allotted for each month in the year. The register should be compiled month after month from the
statements received from Inspectors and the
total struck.. This register
will give ready information about suicides.
Monthly
Crime Reviews
1749. (1) A monthly crime
review along with crime statistics should be prepared by the Superintendent
with the assistance by the Bureau. The
review and crime statistics should be prepared in quadruplicate, forwarding the
original to the Inspector General, SCRB and the duplicate to the Range
Inspector General on or before 10th of the succeeding month. The triplicate copy will be used for
publication with weekly crime and occurrence sheet.
(2) The Range Inspector
General of Police will examine the review and issue instructions to each
Superintendent and forward a copy of his memo of instructions and remarks to
the Inspector General, SCRB, by 15th of the month.
(3) The Inspector
General (Technical Services) will put up the review of each district to the
Director General by 20th of the month
with his own remarks and observations
through the Additional Director
General (Technical Services). The
orders of the Director General will be communicated by the Inspector General
MSW & MS (Technical Services) to
the concerned Superintendent and range Inspector general/Deputy Inspector
General.
(4) The Inspector
General (Technical Services) will compile a monthly review with crime
statistics for the entire State and put up to the Director General by 22nd of
each month through the Additional Director General (Technical Services). After approval by the Director General, a
copy will be sent to the National Crime Records Bureau, Delhi and to all
Superintendents and Range Inspectors General and published in the Criminal
Intelligence Gazette.
Monthly
Review
1750. (a) The main objects of
the monthly review are to give a brief but comprehensive account of the salient
features of the crime of the month and to estimate the extent of undetected
crime and indicate ways and means of dealing with it. The review should furnish a concise appreciation of the month's
crime for the benefit of all officers and directions and suggestions that are
likely to be of value to the police of the district and of neighbouring
districts.
The monthly crime
review has the following contents.
(b) Review of Crime
(1) Review of crime of the districts/cities for the
particular month will be recorded by the Superintendents of
Police/Commissioners of Police in the first portion. This will be in a narrative form which will analyse the trends of
crimes. In the second paragraph, action
proposed for the next month will be indicated.
(2) The next portion
contains the crime statistics. This is
a comparative crime statement which mentions the figures partaining to the year
before last year, last year, current year up to the end of the month under
review ,figures during the corresponding month of the previous year, figures
during the previous month and figures
during the month being reviewed.
It contains the following heads of crime:-
A - IPC cases:
1. Murder
2. Attempt to murder
3. Culpable Homicide not
amounting
to murder
4. Rape
5. Kidnapping and
abduction
6. Dacoity
7. Robbery
8. Burglary
9. Thefts
10. Unlawful Assembly
11. Riots
12. Offences against
State
13. Offences promoting enmity
between groups
14. Criminal Breach of
Trust
15. Cheating
16. Counterfeiting
17. Forgery
18. Cases of hurt
19. Other IPC cases not included
above.
B
- Special and Local Laws
C - Crime against Women
D - Crime against Children
E - Crime against Scheduled Castes
by non-Scheduled castes
F -
Crime against Scheduled Tribes by non-Scheduled Tribes
G - Cases registered against Police
personnel
H - Unnatural deaths
I - Motor Vehicle accidents
J - Persons detained/released under
the National Security Act
K - Terrorists detained/released
under the appropriate special Acts
L - Persons detained/released under
the Goonda Act
The next statement is about the use
of force by the Police.
In the next portion of the Crime Review form, there are seven statements
- a, b, c, d, e, f, g - which indicate the following subjects:-
a - Progressive disposal of
cognizable offences under IPC.
b - Progressive disposal of property
offences.
c - Progressive disposal of offences
under Special and Local Laws.
d - Disposals in the Courts.
e - Preventive action.
f - Important arrests during the
month.
g - Details of murders for gain and
professional dacoities and other sensational cases reported during the month.
1751. The following
instructions are issued for compilation of the crime statistics and monthly
review.
The crime statistics
will be in 5 statements in Form Nos.207 to 211. Statements A, B, C and D will be common to all the Superintendents
whereas statement E is exclusively meant for Railway Police.
Statement
'A' (Form No.207)
(a) This statement
should give particulars of only cases reported under Indian Penal Code,
excluding cases dealt with under Section 157(1)(b), Criminal Procedure Code,
with reference to pending cases of previous years and cases reported during the
current year.
(b) The cases should be
shown under different types of offences as detailed in column 2.
© Column 3 should
contain the total number of cases pending disposal at the beginning of the
current year from previous years and columns 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11sd and 12
should contain the disposal for the cases shown in column 3 and the total of the figures in these columns
should tally with the figure in column 3.
If there is any difference, the same with the nature of disposal should
be shown in the remarks column against
each type of crime.
(d) In column 13, the
number of cases under Indian Penal Code reported to the end of the month under
review from the beginning of the current year should be shown. This figure should agree with the total of
figures given in columns 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21 and 22. Should there be any difference, the number
of such cases and the nature of
disposal should be noted in the remarks column as against each type of
crime.
(e) Columns 24 and 25 show the
number of cases pending trial for over two months and over four months
respectively, out of the total number of cases pending trial as shown in column
23. The remaining cases are evidently
pending trial for less than two months.
(f) Similarly cases
shown in columns 26 and 27 are cases pending investigation for over two months
and four months respectively, out of the total number of cases under
investigation as referred to in columns 12 and 22. The remaining cases are evidently pending investigation for less
than two months.
(g) The progress of
cases other than those under Indian Penal Code should not be reported in this
statement.
Statement 'B'
(a) This statement
shows the number of cases under different types of offences including special
and local laws reported during the month together with those in the previous
month and during the period from 1st January up to the end of the month under
review with corresponding figures of the previous year. This statement is useful to gauge the crime
position and disposal of crimes during the month.
(b) The number of cases
shown under thefts should relate to all
offences under Sections 379 and 380 of Indian Penal Code excluding cattle
thefts, which should be shown as a separate item of offence and the figure
should tally with the total of crimes reported in statement 'C'.
(c) The information regarding special and local
laws should be furnished individually for each Law or Act and disposals shown
under all the columns.
(d) The figures
furnished in the statement should be exclusive of cases dealt with under
Section 157 (1) Cr.P.C.
(e) In column 9, only
cases in which final report is submitted to the court as undetectable should be
furnished.
Statement 'C'
This statement gives details
of theft mentioned in statement 'B',
the disposal should be furnished as in statement 'B' from the beginning of the
current year.
Statement 'D'
The columns are
self-explanatory. The statement is
intended to gauge the preventive action taken by the police.
Statement 'E'
The statement is to be
prepared by the Railway Police and the instructions given in respect of
statement 'B' apply to the preparation of this statement.
At the end of the year,
a consolidated review of the year's crime should be prepared dealing with the
salient features, steps taken and results achieved.
The Superintendent of
Police with the District Crime Record Bureau at his disposal/the Commissioner
of Police with the City Crime Record Bureau at his disposal, with his own
knowledge and experience, should produce the monthly reviews that will be of
practical value, but this result can only be achieved by personal interest and application.
Advisory
and Crime Memorandum Books
1752. . (1) The Bureau should
maintain a separate memorandum book in trifoil (Form No.212) for all the advisory and crime warning
memoranda issued by it. The book should
be maintained in chronological order of
this memoranda and each memorandum issued by the Bureau should be given a
separate number, such as 1/Crime/64, 2/Crime 64, etc. The Bureau should see that the reply to each memorandum is
promptly received and filed along with the office copy of the memorandum.
(2) As soon as the Bureau
receives information regarding the occurrence of a property crime, it should
study the indices maintained by it with a view to seeing whether any criminal
of the same modus operandi has operated in the area previously or has any
relations or associates in the station limits or the neighbouring station
limits and whether dossier criminal or history-sheeted criminal who is out of
view from that station or at neighbouring station or any criminal who has
returned from jail recently is likely to have committed the offence. This information can be picked up by the
Bureau very easily from the records in the District Crime Record Bureau. It should, however, be noted that the modus
operandi is not the sole criterion for the determination of the probable
complicity of a criminal, because many active criminals adopt more than one
modus operandi.
(3) The Bureau should
make a careful study of crime on receipt of crime reports and other reports,
weekly station reports, crime and occurrence sheets of border districts and
information regarding the probable dates of release of history-sheeted persons
and issue warnings direct to the Station House Officers and Circle Inspectors,
with copies to Sub-Divisional Police
Officers, on the indication or possibility of an outbreak of crime and
about the release of any dangerous criminals.
(4) Cordial and mutual
co-operation between the Bureau and the local Police Officers is of primary
importance if the Bureau is to fulfil its purpose as a central organisation and
a fountain of information for controlling the crime and the criminals of the
district.
Visits to
and Inspections of the Bureau
1753. (1) All officers of and
above the rank of Sub-Inspectors stationed at the district headquarters should
visit the Bureau once a month. Those
stationed outside should make it a point to visit the Bureau whenever they
visit the district headquarters or at least once a quarter. A register in Form No.213 should be
maintained in the Bureau to show the days on which and the purpose for which
each officer visited the Bureau and the business transacted during the
visit. The register will be written up
at the end of each visit and should be put up to the Superintendent immediately
after each visit is over. The register
should also be produced at the time of each inspection.
(2) The Circle
Inspector when visiting the Bureau should ascertain if his Sub-Inspectors are
giving proper assistance to the District Crime Record Bureau and furnishing
correct information.
(3) Sub-Divisional
Police Officers should visit the Bureau whenever they visit the district
headquarters and leave notes in the visiting book maintained for the purpose.
(4) The Superintendent
should visit the bureau as frequently as possible and make a detailed
inspection of the Bureau once a year.
(5) The Range Inspector
General during his inspection of the district headquarters should also inspect the Bureau.
1754. The Police Stations
should fill up the integrated forms supplied, i.e., the First Information
Report, Crime Details Form, Property Seizure Memo, Arrest/Court Surrender Memo,
Details of cultural properties seized/recovered/stolen/involved, details of
counterfeit currency seized/recovered, details of Narcotic drugs
seized/recovered, details of identifiable
property, general properties including fire arms
seized/recovered/stolen/involved, details of automobiles
seized/recovered/stolen/involved, final report/charge-sheet form.,
Court disposal memo and result of appeal, at the appropriate stages of
the investigation and prosecution.
2. State Crime Record Bureau
1755. The Karnataka State
Computer Wing was redesignated as the State Crime Record Bureau during the year
1992 and the Additional Director General of Police, Technical Services was
designated as the Head of the State Crime Record Bureau.
1756 After the formation of
the State Crime Record Bureau, the Superintendent of Police, Deputy
Superintendent of Police, Police Inspectors and other ranks working in the
Police Computer Wing were redesignated as the respective Officers of the State
Crime Record Bureau.
1757. The State Crime Record
Bureau has been established with a
purpose of ensuring proper compilation and dissemination of
crime figures and criminal intelligence and co-ordination with neighbouring
States and National Crime Record Bureau. Attention is drawn to S.O. 912 in this
regard.
1758. At the District level
the staff allotted to the Police Computer Wing, District Crime Record Bureau,
Crime Section of the District Police Offices, Single digit Finger Print Unit,
District Scientific Aid Unit and Dog Squad are
grouped together to form part of the
District Crime Record Bureaux of the respective districts. The District Crime Record Bureau would work
under the direct control and supervision of the Deputy Superintendent of
Police/PI, DCRB and the Additional Superintendent of Police of the
concerned district would supervise,
guide and control the work of the District Crime Record Bureau subject to the
general control and supervision of the respective Superintendents of Police of
the district. The staff allotted to the
District Scientific Aid Unit has been
allotted to the District Crime Record Bureau of the respective districts
and City Police Units.
1759. The State Crime Record Bureau works under the control and supervision and
guidance of the Additional Director General of Police, Technical Services, who exercises the same powers in respect of the staff of State Crime Record
Bureau and the District Crime Record Bureaux as are being exercised by the
Additional Director General of Police, Telecommuniation Tansport and
Modernisation, in respect of the
wireless staff posted to various districts and City Police units. The
DCRB is the main source of information for SCRB. The SCRB collects information on Crimes
& Criminals in the prescribed format periodically from the DCRB and then disseminates the analytical data to the various units and the NCRB. The SCRB assists the DCRB incomputerising
the data on Crimes &
Criminals by providing the required software and the technical
knowhow.
1760. As the State Crime Record
Bureau increasingly uses the modern computer technology for increasing the
efficiency of the Police work, suitable Officers, i.e. qualified and competent
persons should be posted not only to the State Crime Record Bureau but also to
the District Crime Record Bureaux.
Postings of the Officers of and above the rank of Police Inspectors to
the State Crime Record Bureau and the District Crime Record Bureaux will be made
by the Director General of Police in consultation with the Additional Director
General of Police, Technical Services.
Similarly, postings of Officers of and below the rank of Police Sub
Inspectors will be made by the competent authorities, i.e., District
Superintendents of Police and Commissioners of Police of the Cities with the
written concurrence of the Additional Director General of Police, Technical
Services.
3. NATIONAL CRIME RECORDS BUREAU
1761. The
National Crime Records Bureau was established in 1986 to function as a National
Repository of crime and criminal information.
The NCRB aims at helping the investigating agencies by providing them
with extensive and up to date crime
and criminal information. This is done through computerised storage
and retrieval of information with regard to the crime and criminal data such as
modus operandi, personal data, finger print, photographs, criminal history and
details of property which may be the subject matter of crime. The success of NCRB depends on the
successful functioning of SCRBs and DCRBs which are to provide the crime data.
Objectives of the
NCRB
1762. (1) To function as a storehouse of information
on crime and criminals including those operating at national and inter-national
levels so as to assist the Investigators and others in linking crimes to their
perpetrators.
(2)
To store, co-ordinate and disseminate information on inter-State and
inter-National criminals from and to respective States, National Investigating
agencies, Courts and Prosecutors in the country without having to refer to the
Police Station records.
(3)
To collect and process crime statistics at the national level.
(4)
To supply data to penal and correctional agencies for their tasks of
rehabilitation of criminals, their remand, parole, premature release, etc.
(5)
To co-ordinate, guide and assist the functioning of the State Crime Records
Bureaux.
(6)
To provide training facilities to the personnel of the Crime Records Bureaux,
and
(7)
To evaluate, develop and modernise crime Record Bureaux.
4. COMPUTERISATION
1763. (1) The Crime/Criminal statistics of
the State is being maintained in the State Crime Records Bureau which gets the
information from the District and City Crime Records Bureaux. The DCRBs/CCRBs collect the information from
the Police Stations, compile them and send the same to the State Crime Records
Bureau for collation. The State Crime
Records Bureau distributes this information to the senior officers of the State
Police, the State Government and the Central Government through the National
Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
(2) Computerisation of the crime/crime
statistics was started in 1974 and all
the Units of the State have been provided with computers and the State Crime
Records Bureau has been fully computerised.
All the Units are linked through E-Mail which is operated through
hotline and at some locations through D.O.T lines. The computerisation at these locations are operated by trained
Police personnel.
CRIME, CRIMINAL
INFORMATION SYSTEM (CCIS) PROJECT
1764. (1)
The various Police forms for registering the crimes and for their
disposals have been standardised by the Government of India. Accordingly, standardised proformae have been suggested. These forms are the First Information
Report, Crime Details Form, Arrest/Court Surrender Memo, Properties Seizure
Memo, Final Report, Court Disposal Memo, and the Result of appeal. These forms are known as Integrated
Investigation Forms (IIF). The advantage of adopting these forms will
be that the information on crime and criminals will be recorded in a structured
manner throughout the country. The
forms are designed in such a manner that the Investigating Officer will not
miss out on any information that is required for the registration and
investigation.
(2) As a part of the CCIS Project, the
Government of India have supplied the necessary hardware and software to all
the States. The software has been
developed by the NCRB.
(3) Apart from computerising the crime/criminal
statistics, the Units making use of the infrastructure available have
computerised other subjects like personnel information, portrait building
system, finger print classification, modus operandi and other subjects.
(4) The Unit Officers should pay more attention
towards computerisation and see that the personnel are trained properly and the
training should be organised continuously in batches. All the data should be collected and stored in the computers. The DCRB/CCRB should be the centre of
computerisation in the Unit and the Superintendent of Police/Commissioner of
Police will be responsible for the success of computerisation as an aid to
investigation.
* * * * *
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
DEPARTMENT
1765. (I) The Criminal
Investigation Department comprises of the following branches :
1. Corps of Detectives
2. Training
3. CID-Forest
4. CID-Food Cell
5. Economic Offences
(ii) The Criminal
Investigation Department is headed by an Officer of the rank of Director
General of Police who is assisted by officers of the rank of Addl. Director
General of Police/Inspector General of Police, Deputy Inspector General of
Police and officers of other ranks.
This organisation is under the overall administrative control of the
Director General & Inspector General of Police.
(iii) The Inspector General of Police, COD
assists the DGP COD in the supervision of investigation of the cases taken over
by the COD and also exercises control over the administration of the office of
the CID. He supervises the work of the
DIG-CID and also oversees the investigation work of the various squads of the
COD, reviewing the progress of the investigation at various stages.
(iv) The Deputy
Inspector General of Police, CID is the Chief Administrative Officer of the
CID. He exercises supervision over the
various branches of the CID administration and also closely supervises the work
of the Superintendents of Police and other officers of the COD squads. He will guide the Investigating Officers in
their work of investigation and also ensures expeditious and proper disposal of
cases.
CORPS OF
DETECTIVES
1766. The Corps of
Detectives was established during the year 1974 by the Government of Karnataka
in Order No.229/PEG/73, dated 15.4.1974.
1767. The Government have established the Corps of Detectives in the Criminal Investigation Department for
investigating major crimes and cases involving economic and financial offences
which would require special knowledge of both law and investigation. The main objective of the establishment of
the Corps of Detectives is to achieve maximum results in the detection of
crimes and also to inspire public confidence in police administration.
1768. (I) With the
establishment of the Corps of Detectives
the following eight squads were formed
in the first stage to take up the investigations of the cases entrusted.
1. Homicide Squad
2. Burglary Squad
3. Fraud Squad
4. Counterfeit Squad
5. Arms &
Explosives Squad
6. Vice Squad
7. Anti-smuggling Squad
8. Special Enquiry
Squad
(ii) Subsequently the Anti-Dowry Cell and three
Anti-Dacoity Squads were created in addition to the eight squads mentioned
above, specially to deal with dowry death cases and the menace of dacoity.
1769. As the COD
is an exclusive investigating agency only cases entrusted by the
Government of Karnataka and the Director General & Inspector General of
Police of Karnataka State shall be taken up for investigation. Further as per the Government Order cases of
the following nature are being automatically taken up for investigation by the
COD
1. Custodial death
2. Dowry death
3. Gun running and
counterfeit currency
The classes of crime to be investigated by the
COD
1770. The COD will ordinarily
deal with crimes of the following nature :
(a) Currency note
forgery case;
(b) Cases of
counterfeit of coins;
(c) Cases of professional poisoning;
(d) Theft of Government
arms and ammunition and illicit trade in arms;
(e) Important cases in
which foreigners are concerned (including cases of international criminals and
traffic in women by foreigners) ;
(f) Cases of
dacoity/robbery or house breaking and theft of a peculiar nature which indicate
the work of an adept gang not previously noticed or accounted for by the local
Police.
(g) Cases of fraud,
theft or cheating of a peculiar nature which affect more than one District ;
(h) Cases of smuggling
of opium, cocaine and other narcotics of an Inter-State nature;
(i) Important
conspiracy cases whose ramifications extend to several districts ;
(j) Gang cases ;
(k) Pornography ;
(l) Any serious crime
which appears to have a political motive, including all offences connected with
arms and explosives which are suspected to be of a political nature ;
(m) Dowry death cases
(n) Serious dacoity cases involving interstate
dacoit gangs
(o)
Cases of such a complicated and sensational nature as in the opinion of
the Government or the Director General & Inspector General of Police call
for investigation by the COD.
1771. The distribution of the
classes of crimes among the squads is
as follows :
1. Homicide Squad
(i) Murder and murder
for gain under (m) of Order 1770.
(ii) Cases of
professional poisoning.
2. Burglary Squad
(i) Dacoity, robbery,
House Breaking and Thefts falling under Order 1770.
(ii) Thefts and theft
of antiques falling under (f) or (g) of Order 1770.
(iii) Gang Cases.
3. Fraud Squad
Economic Offences,
fraud, cheating, misappropriation and criminal breach of trust falling under
(g) of Order 1770.
4. Counterfeit Currency Squad
(i) Forged currency
notes.
(ii) Counterfeiting of
coins.
5. Illicit Arms and Explosives Squad
(i) Theft of Government
arms and ammunition and illicit trade in arms.
(ii) Any serious crime
which appears to have a political motive, including all
offences
connected with arms and explosives which are suspected to be of a
political
nature.
(iii) Manufacture and
sale of illicit arms and explosive substances.
6. Vice Squad
(i) Important cases in
which foreigners are concerned (including cases of International criminals and
traffic in women by foreigners).
(ii) Abduction of
women.
(iii) Pornography
(iv) Kidnapping and
maiming of children for begging.
(v) Activities of 'call
girls' and night clubs.
(vi) Offences under the
Excise Act, M.V. Act, Untouchability Act, Habitual Offenders Act, S.I.T. Act
and E.C. Act.
7. Anti-smuggling Squad
Smuggling of contraband
articles like narcotics, drugs, LSD, Hashish, Indian foreign liquor, gold,
cloves etc. and foreign goods.
8. Special Enquiries Squad
All Confidential
enquiries entrusted to the CID by the Director
General of Police and the government, regarding complaints and
allegations made against persons and institutions.
9. Anti-Dowry Cell -
The Anti-Dowry Cell deals mainly
with the investigation of dowry death cases and other related matters.
10. Anti-Dacoity Squads
The Anti-Dacoity Squads
combat the menace of dacoity and take
up for investigation specific cases of dacoitees which involve the operation of
inter-state criminals. The squads were
stationary for the purpose of mobility
one each at Bellary, Gulbarga and Bangalore so that their assistance would be available
to the respective Range Inspectors General of Police in the detection of
dacoity cases.
1772. The Director General of
Police, COD, will have overall
discretion to reallot cases to any
specific Squad where the investigation comes in the purview of more than one
Squad. The Inspector General of Police,
COD and the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID also have similar powers.
DUTIES OF SUPERINTENDENTS OF
POLICE AND OTHER OFFICERS
1773 (i) Superintendent of
Police
The Superintendent of Police in-charge of the squad will be completely
responsible for the proper and effective working of his squad. He will see that the records and documents
to be maintained are kept up-to-date.
He will personally supervise the progress of investigation, issue
instructions and submit all prescribed returns to his superiors. He will visit scenes of occurrence and
direct investigations. In important
cases he will take up personal investigation.
He should attend as many trials at Sessions as is possible in cases
pertaining to his squad.
(ii) The Deputy Superintendent/Asst. Superintendent of Police
He will assist the
Superintendent of Police in the functioning of the Squad both in the office and
in the field. He will be responsible to
the Superintendent of Police for the efficient working of the subordinate staff. He will also take up cases for personal
investigation when directed to do so.
He should attend the trials at sessions in cases pertaining to his
squad.
(iii) Police Inspectors/Women Police Inspectors
The Inspectors of
Police form the main core of the Corps of Detectives in taking up personal
investigations and enquiries. They
shall submit case diaries promptly and such returns as are prescribed from time
to time to Deputy Superintendent of Police/Superintendent of Police. They will be held fully responsible for the
investigation and detection of the cases entrusted to them.
(iv) Sub-Inspectors
The Sub-Inspectors will
not only assist the Inspectors but also be given cases for personal
investigation. They will submit their
case diaries of their personal investigation promptly to the Deputy
Superintendent of Police/Superintendent of Police. When assisting the Police Inspectors, their reports will be sent
to the concerned Police Inspector.
(v) Head Constables and Police Constables
Head Constables and
Police Constables will be utilised by the Investigating staff for normal field
work like locating witnesses, intelligence duties, execution of process and
such other functions as would otherwise
consume the valuable time of a busy I.O.
It is to be stressed that they are a part of the Investigating Team and
should not to be utilised as personal orderlies.
Diaries
1774. 1) The Superintendent of
Police will submit monthly diary through the Deputy Inspector General of
Police, CID and Inspector General of Police, COD, to the Director General of
Police, COD. The Deputy Superintendent
of Police/Assistant Superintendent of Police will submit their weekly diaries
to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, through their Superintendents
of Police.
2) The Police
Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors will write the
daily diary and submit a copy to the Superintendent of Police through
the Deputy Superintendent of Police
whether in headquarters or out in the field for investigation. The remarks of the superior officers on the
daily diary will be communicated to the concerned in memo form and compliance
obtained.
3) Head Constables and
Police Constables will maintain note books to indicate the duties performed by
them each day and produce them for check by the supervisory officers.
OTHER OFFICERS ATTACHED TO
THE C. I. D.
1775 1. Legal Advisers
Legal Advisers are
posted to the Criminal Investigation Department by the Director of Prosecution
to render legal assistance in the investigation and prosecution of cases. All Investigating Officers and other
Officers will meet them often personally and discuss their cases during the
stage of investigation and will continue to consult them on legal matters
throughout till the final disposal of the cases. The Legal Advisers will give written opinion on any matter
referred to them by the Director General of Police, COD/Inspector General of
Police, COD/Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, and the Superintendents of
Police of the Criminal Investigation
Department.
2. Auditors
Senior and junior Auditors
are attached to the CID to assist the Investigating Officers in cases of fraud,
misappropriation and others. They shall
assist in the auditing and giving of expert advice in cases brought to them by
the IOs and also referred to them by the Deputy Inspector General of Police,
CID/Inspector General of Police, COD and Director General of Police, COD.
Ministerial Staff
1776. The ministerial staff will
be under the overall control of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and
their work will be supervised by the Assistant Administrative Officer. Allocation of Stenographers and Typists will
be done by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID.
Posting Of Officers to the CID
1777. 1) The Director General of Police, COD will
get the Personal Confidential File of
the Offices and after scrutinising them will draw up a panel of names of
Officers who are considered fit for being posted to the COD. Such list together with the personal
confidential files will be sent to the Director General & Inspector General
of Police, who after interviewing the concerned Officers will make a final
selection in consultation with the DGP, COD/Commissioner of Police and Range
Inspectors General of Police and order
the posting.
2) While considering
the case of Inspectors of Police, Sub-Inspectors of Police and other ranks the
following general rules shall be followed in the selection of staff:
(a) Police
Inspectors - The Director
General of Police, COD, Training & Economic Offences will annually call for
the Confidential Personal Files of the Police Inspectors from all the IGP of
Ranges and the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore including those working in the
Intelligence and other Units subject to the following conditions :
1. They should not be above
the age of 52 years.
2. They should not have
been overlooked for promotion as Deputy Superintendent of Police. In addition, the Director General of Police,
COD will call for the personal confidential files of Sub-Inspectors brought on the
select list as fit for promotion to the rank of Police Inspectors.
(b) Sub-Inspectors of Police
The Deputy Inspector General
of Police, CID will annually call for the confidential personal files of
Sub-Inspectors from the Ranges and the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore including
those working in Intelligence and other Units subject to the following
conditions :-
(i) They should not be
above the age of 52 years.
(ii) They should have
put in atleast 5 years of service
(iii) Sub-Inspectors
found unfit for promotion to the rank of Police Inspector
should not be
considered.
(iv) Preference will be
given to those who are trained in Central Detective Training School and other
specialised courses and the best cadet of each
batch of Sub-Inspector cadets in the Karnataka Police Academy, Mysore.
(c) Head Constables
The DIG-CID will obtain
from the Superintendents of Police, a list of Head Constables suitable for
being posted to the Corps of Detectives subject to the following
conditions. Preference will be given to
those who are recipients of medals for investigation and detection, and
(i) they should not be
above the age of 52 years,
(ii) only such names as
are on the promotion list are to be obtained,
(iii) 10 names from
each district and 30 names from the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, and 10
each from the other Commissionerates should be obtained.
The DIG-CID will draw
up a panel of Head Constables for being posted to the Corps of Detectives.
(d) Constables
The DIG-CID will select
Police Constables for the Corps of Detectives subject to the following
conditions. Preference will be given to
those who are recipients of medals for investigation and detection.
(i) They should be in
the age group of 30 to 50 years with a clean record of service.
(ii) A panel of names may be drawn up after
calling for 10 names from each district and 30 names from the Commissioner of
Police, Bangalore, and 10 names each from the other Commissionerates.
(iii) The final panel will be sent to the DG & IGP who in consultation
with the concerned officers will issue the order or posting.
Dress Order
1778. Except on ceremonial
occasions officers and men of the Criminal Investigation Department should not
use uniform and should not salute while greeting their superiors and others.
* * * * *
FOOD CELL
1779. (1) A Unit under the nomenclature of Crime
Branch-II (CB CID-II) was functioning
under the CID set up as an additional agency to the District Police Unit
for the prevention and detection of violation
under the Essential Commodities Act, 1955 and other orders issued
thereunder. This Unit to begin with was
headed by a Superintendent of Police.
Subsequently in view of the importance of the unit the designation of
the Superintendent of Police was changed as Director of Enforcement, Food and Civil Supplies
Cell. Subsequently the Cell was placed under the Deputy Inspector
General of Police, Forest, who was designated as DIG-Food & Forest. Later a post of Deputy Inspector General of Police was created exclusively to
head the Food Cell under whom the Cell started functioning.
(2) The Food Cell was brought
under the administrative control of the Secretary to Government, Food and
Transport Department at the Government level during the year 1989. Subsequently in a Notification dated 23-7-90 the Food Cell working under the
administrative control of Food and Transport Department was renamed as Food and
Civil Supplies Enforcement Department.
(3) During the year 1992 the
Government took a decision to abolish the Food Cell i.e., the Food and Civil
Supplies Enforcement Department and considered it necessary to strengthen the Department of Food and
Civil Supplies to undertake enforcement activities. Hence in G.O.No.FTD 460 EFT 92 dated 22 December 92 the Food and
Civil Supplies Enforcement Department was abolished.
(4) Again in the year 1996 with a view to re-organise the
Food and Civil Supplies Enforcement activities the Government in their Order
No. HD 176 POP 95 dated 3.2.96, created the post of Deputy Inspector General of
Police, Food Cell. This Unit of Deputy
Inspector General of Police, Food Cell currently comes under the administrative
control of the Home Department, and works under the direct control of the
Director General of Police, COD Training, and Economic Offences.
Duties and functions of the Cell
1780. (I) The Cell is entrusted with the responsibility of
collecting intelligence regarding crimes relating to food and other essential
commodities and also for tackling of hoarding and profiteering in food-grains.
(ii) The Cell detects cases of
violation of the provisions of the various State and Central enactments
regarding essential commodities and prosecute the offenders under the relevant
provisions of the Essential Commodities
Act, 1955.
*****
CHAPTER XLVI
CID - FOREST CELL
1781. With a view to taking effective steps to
protect the existing valuable forest produce and to prevent the smuggling of
the same, C.I.D. Forest Cell was formed through Government Order No.HD 221 PEG
72, dated 15th December, 1972 (Appendix - XXXI). Depending on the local needs it was further
augmented through Government Order No. HD 48 PEG 80, dated 2nd April
1980 (Appendix - XXXII) and Government
Order No. HD 57 PEG 80 dated 7th
October 1980 (Appendix - XXXIII) and Government Order No. HD 57 PEG 80, dated
27th March 1983 (Appendix - XXXIV).
Subsequently the Unit was reorganised and it was brought under the
charge of an Inspector General of Police who works under the supervision of Director
General of Police, COD, Training, Special Units and Economic Offences (Appendix
- XXXV).
ORGANISATION
1782. (a) The following is the strength of this
Organisation:
1.
Inspector General of Police, Forest,
with Hqrs. at Bangalore 1
2. Deputy
Inspector General of Police, CID, Forest
with headquarters 1
at Bangalore.
3.
Superintendent of Police, CID, Forest Cell, Madikeri 1
4. The Forest
Cell, CID, Bangalore consists of:
a) Deputy
Superintendent of Police 1
b) Police
Inspector 2
c) Police
Sub Inspector 4
d) Head
Constable 8
e) Police Constable (Civil) 12
f) Armed
Police Constable (Driver) 3
(b) The Cell functions under the
direct supervision of Inspector General of Police, Forest, Bangalore.
1783 (I) Special forest squads or forest mobile
squads are established in the following districts:
a) Mysore - 3 Squads
b) Kodagu - 3 Squads
c) Dakshina
Kannada - 2 Squads
d) Shimoga - 1 Squad
e) Uttara
Kannada - 1 Squad
f) Belgaum - 1 Squad
g) Hassan - 1 Squad
h) Dharwad - 1 Squad,
Each Squad is headed
by a Sub-Inspector of Police.
(ii) The Squads
are stationed at the places noted against them and shall pay special attention
to the areas specified against them:
DISTRICT STATIONED AT AREAS
OF SPECIAL INTEREST
1.Mysore Kollegal F. M. S. State border with Tamil Nadu
2.Mysore
Chamarajanagar F.M.S.
State border with Kerala and T.N.
3.Kodagu
Virajpet F.M.S.
State border with Kerala
4.Kodagu
Madikeri ,F.M.S. . State border with Kerala
5.D.K.Dist. Mangalore,F.M.S. State border with Kerala
6.D.K.Dist.
Puttur F.M.S.
State border with Kerala
7.Hassan
S.K.Pur S.F.S.
National Highway viz., Shiradighat
8.Shimoga
Channagiri S.F.S. Shikaripura,Soraba and
channagiri at the
border of Dharwad
and Chitradurga Dists.
9.Dharwad Hubli S.F.S. National Highway No.4 from Harihar to
Dharwad.
10.Belgaum Belgaum S.F.S. National Highway No.4 from
Dharwad to
Belgaum and Nippani.
11.U.K.Dt. Dandeli S.F.S. Area covered by Mysore Power Corporation.
12.Madikeri
Makutta F.M.S.
State Border with Kerala.
13.Mysore
Mysore F.M.S.
State border with Kerala.
1784. (i) While the offices of the IGP, Forest
Cell and Superintendent of Police, CID,
Forest Cell are exercising
administrative control over the Forest Mobile Squads, those in the
districts are borne on the strength of
the concerned district.
(ii) Superintendents of
Police constitute the Squads from Officers drawn from within their own force.
Care should be taken to include only such persons as are physically fit,
energetic and capable of putting forth strenuous effort. The Officers, specially
the Sub Inspectors of Police, should be young and having a clean record of
service.
CHECK
POSTS OF KARNATAKA-KERALA BORDER
1785. To assist the forest
staff posted at the forest check posts at the Karnataka-Kerala border in Kodagu
District in their duties of checking the smuggling of the forest produces the
Government have sanctioned one Company of KSRP with requisite number of
Officers and men. Apart from the KSRP
reinforcement, one Civil Head Constable is also posted at each of the check
posts to handle professional matters like drawing up of panchanamas, drafting
complaints, etc. The staff
deployed functions under the
administrative control of the Superintendent of Police, CID-Forest Cell,
Madikeri.
FUNCTIONS
1786. (I)
The Forest Cell at Bangalore which works under the Inspector General of
Police, (Forest) will supervise and co-ordinate the work of all the agencies
connected with the prevention of smuggling of forest produce, specially
sandalwood, rosewood, teakwood, other valuable timber species and poaching of
elephants for tusks.
(2) It will take up investigation of cases
referred to it by the Government, by the Director General and Inspector General
of Police, Director General of Police, COD
& Training, Inspector
General of Police, Forest where
inter-district and inter-state criminals are concerned or offence is committed by an organised
gang.
(3) The Cell will also take up enquiry of
petitions or complaints referred to it by
the Government, by the Director General and Inspector General of Police,
Director General of Police, COD, Training & Economic Offences and Inspector
General of Police, Forest.
(4) It will compile the following information:
a) Alphabetical
index of known and suspected smugglers of forest produce:
b) Index of all
vehicles, cars and trucks known or suspected to be used for
smuggling.
c) Index of Modus operandi used by organised gangs.
d) Subject file
of individuals and organised gangs.
e) Guard file
(Est.)
f) Guard life
(Confidential).
1787 For purpose of enquiry, investigation or enforcement of the
provisions of the K.F. Act and Rules, all Superintendents of Police of
Districts and Commissioners of Police, Bangalore City, Mysore and Hubli-Dharwad
will provide necessary facilities like utilisation of the police lock-up,
equipment, arms and ammunition etc., for the use of the officers of the Forest
Cell..
1788 All reports and records of the cell will be confidential and
officers and officials concerned will ensure that such information is kept
secure and not made known to unauthorised
persons.
1789. The Superintendent of Police, CID, Forest
Cell, Madikeri will be the co-ordinating and guiding authority to the Squads
located in the districts of Mysore, Kodagu and Dakshina Kannada which are
attached to him, under the general control and supervision of the Inspector
general of Police, (Forest) Bangalore. The Superintendent of Police of the
district will ensure effective check and supervision over the other squads.
THE SQUADS
1790. (1) The main work of the squads will be to
collect intelligence about forest offenders and offences and to take effective
action against the offenders and prevent theft or smuggling of valuable forest produce.
(2) The Squad will maintain close liaison with
the forest officers of the district,
pay surprise visits to the forest check posts in their limits and scrutinise
the entries in the check post Register. Irregularities and omissions if any
noticed be reported to the concerned Conservator of Forests, or Deputy Conservator
of Forests through the Superintendent of Police.
(3) The PSI of the Squads should attend the
monthly crime meeting held by the Superintendents of Police in the District Police Office of the respective
district.
(4) The PSI of
the Squads should submit the weekly diaries to the Inspector General of Police, (Forest) Bangalore through the Superintendents of
Police of the districts or Superintendents of Police, CID, Forest Cell,
Madikeri. The diaries received will be scrutinised by the Inspector General of Police, Forest, Bangalore who will see that appropriate instructions
are issued for the effective working of the Cell and Squads.
The Squads will maintain
i) District information book which
will give full particulars of the forest areas, Sandalwood growing areas,
rosewood areas etc., the names of current forest officers, range Forest
Officers etc., the names of convicted offenders and receivers pertaining to
forest offences, suspects and any general information pertaining to forest offences.
This will be on the lines prescribed
already in the Police Manual as Circle Information book maintained by the
Circle Inspector of Police. In this case, it will be maintained by the
Sub Inspector of Police for the entire District, but will specialise only about
forest offences and it will include
crime statistics about forest offences registered in all Police Stations in the
district.
ii)
Weekly diary file, i.e., office copies of weekly diary submitted by the Sub
Inspector of Police to the Inspector General of Police, (Forest) through the
Superintendent of Police.
iii)
File regarding particulars of monthly T.A./D.A. etc.
iv)
Confidential reports or records relating to persons suspected of indulging in
or abetting forest offences.
v)
The M.O.B. cards and History sheets should be maintained in the Police Stations
by the concerned Sub Inspector of Police and made available to the Sub
Inspector of Police incharge of the
Forest Squad when required. The Sub
Inspector of Police, Forest Squad
should pass on such information, as he may have, to the Sub Inspector of
Police incharge of Police Station, so that he may make necessary entries in the
records of the Police Station including M.O.B. Cards and History Sheet.
1791 In
all forest offences, where value of property exceeds Rs.25,000/- a Wireless or
a T.P. Message should be sent to Inspector General of Police, (Forest),
Director General and Inspector General of Police, Bangalore and Director General of Police, COD, Training &
Economic Offences, Bangalore. If the
value of property exceeds Rs.25,000/- Grave Crime Report and progress reports
should be sent to the Inspector General of Police, Forest, Bangalore and
Director General and Inspector General
of Police, Bangalore, till the disposal of the case as prescribed in the
Karnataka State Police Manual.
1792 Killing of an elephant for tusks
irrespective of the value is treated as Heinous Offences and the same procedure
should be followed in sending T.P.Message or Wireless Message and submission of progress reports.
USE OF
VEHICLES
1793. (i) The use of the Squad and the Vehicle
allotted to the Squad should be restricted to the duties mentioned in para 14
of the Standing Order No.621.
(ii) “Vehicles are sanctioned for the Cell and the squads
with necessary complement of drivers. The proper maintenance of the vehicles of
the Cell at Bangalore will be the responsibility of the MTO and the PI, CID,
Forest Cell, Bangalore, whereas those of the squads located in Mysore, Kodagu
and Dakshina Kannada districts will be the responsibility of the S.P. CID,
Forest Cell, Madikeri, and those of other Squads, of the Superintendents of Police of the concerned district”.
GENERAL
1794 . (i) The Inspector General of Police,
Forest Cell, will review the work done by the Forest Mobile Squads and the
District Police every month, and send the review to the IGP, Forest who after
reviewing the same will send it to the
Secretary to Government, Forest Department, Bangalore, Director General and
Inspector general of Police, Karnataka State, Bangalore, Director General of
Police, COD & Training, Bangalore, and Inspector General of Police, COD,
Bangalore.
(ii) The Sub Inspectors of
Police incharge of the Forest Mobile Squads and the ASP/DSP of the Forest Cell
Headquarters, will send statements of work done by their squads to the
Inspector General of Police, Forest Cell, Bangalore, in the prescribed Proforma
by 5th of the succeeding month for review and compilation.
(iii) Enquiry reports and
other information as called for by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID,
(Forest) should be sent by the Superintendents of Police.
(iv) A monthly statement of
work done by the district Police in regard to prevention and detection of
offences relating to forest produce will be sent by the Superintendents of
Police of districts and Commissioners of Police, in the prescribed
proforma by 10th of
succeeding month to the Inspector General of Police, CID, Forest Cell for
review and compilation.
* * * * *
POLICE TRAINING INSTITUTIONS
1795. (I)
The training establishment is headed by an Officer of the rank of
Inspector General of Police who works under the direct supervision of the
Director General of Police, COD, Training, Special Units and Economic Offences.
Duties of the IGP-Training
(2) The Inspector General of Police, Training
will supervise the work of the Police Training Institutions and is responsible
for the quality of training, the
discipline, the syllabus and also the welfare of the training personnel. He will tour extensively and find out the
difficulties of not only the training personnel and also of the trainees. He will pay special attention to the academic
content of the training, the drill and the parade. He will be responsible for the development of the infrastructural
facilities for the training institutions.
He will review the methods of training on getting a feed back from the
trained Constabulary and officers and discuss the matter with the DGP, COD from
time to time to achieve the maximum results of training. The system of feed back should be formulated
so that the result of training given
can be assessed.
1796. The
following Police Training Institutions are maintained by the Government of
Karnataka:
1. Karnataka Police
Academy at Mysore.
2. Police Training
School at Channapatna.
3. Police Training
School at Gulbarga.
4. Police Training
School at Khanapur.
5. Armed Police Training
School at CAR, Bangalore.
6. KSRP Training School
at Bangalore.
7. Traffic Training
Institute at Bangalore.
8. Police Driving &
Maintenance School at Bangalore.
9. Special Branch
Training Institute, Bangalore.
10. Karnataka Police Wireless Training Institute at
Bangalore.
KARNATAKA POLICE ACADEMY AT
MYSORE.
1797. The Karnataka Police Academy is under the charge of a Director
who is of the rank of Deputy Inspector General of Police. He is assisted by a Deputy Director of the rank of
Superintendent of Police and
instructional staff .
TRAINING COURSES
1798. Probationary Deputy Superintendents of Police and Probationary Sub Inspectors are given
the initial basic training in the Karnataka Police Academy. The Academy also
undertakes the training of officers belonging to the Motor Vehicles, Excise and
Prison Departments.
1799 The basic training programme for all the
probationers for one year is as follows:
(a) During the first year, they will be trained in the
Karnataka Police Academy, Mysore and given instructions in the following
subjects:-
INDOOR SUBJECTS:
1)
Modern
India and the role of the Police
2) Police Organisation & Administration
3) Law Paper I (without books)
4) Law Paper II (with books)
5) Law Paper III (with books)
6) Crime Prevention
7) Crime Investigation
8) Forensic Medicine
9) Forensic Science - Practicals in Forensic Science
10) Maintenance of order
11) Criminology
12) Management/Human Behaviour & Police Attitude/Human
Rights
13) First Aid and Family Planning
14) Hindi
15) Map Reading
16) Plan Drawing
17) Wireless/R.T.
OUTDOOR
SUBJECTS
1) Equitation
2) Physical fitness
3) Field Craft
4) Unarmed Combat
5) Drill
6) Weapon Training
7) Crowd Control
8) Command & control
9) Swimming
10) Motor Transport (driving)
11) Rifle Shooting
12) Revolver Shooting
13) Games and Athletics
(b) The
detail syllabus prescribed is as
in Appendix - XXXVI
(c) For imparting training in survey and plan drawing,
First-Aid and Ambulance, and Hindi, part-time lecturers/professors may be
engaged from the concerned departments with the sanction of the Government, if
no member of the college staff can
handle these subjects.
(d) During the period of training, separate classes should be
arranged for probationary Deputy Superintendents for imparting instructions in Law and other subjects. they
should, however, be given training in drill and parades along with the Sub
Inspector cadets. Separate arrangements
should also be made for their board and lodging.
EXAMINATION IN THE KARNATAKA POLICE ACADEMY
1800. After completion of training, a final
examination will be held in both indoor and outdoor subjects in the Karnataka
Police Academy. The examinations are conducted by a board constituted by the Director General, COD, Training,
Special Units and Economic Offences.
ASSISTANT COMMANDANTS, K.S.R.P.
1801. a) Assistant Commandants recruited otherwise than by promotion
from the cadre of Subedars-Major and Subedar of the K.S.R.P. shall be on
probation for a period of two years. During the first year of probation, they
shall undergo training in the Karnataka Police Academy ,Mysore, as per the
details prescribed for the directly recruited probationary Deputy
Superintendents and during the second year, they shall undergo practical
training in the K.S.R.P. as per details given in Appendix - XXXVII. It will be open to the State Government to
extend the period of training, if it is considered that a Probationary
Assistant Commandant has not made satisfactory progress in his practical
training.
b) The probationary
Assistant Commandants should send a weekly report of work done during their
training in the K.S.R.P. which will be submitted by the Commandant, K.S.R.P. to
the Additional Director General of Police, K S.R.P.
c)The Director, Karnataka
Police Academy, Mysore and the Commandant, K.S.R.P. will send quarterly reports
on the progress of training and work done to the Director General of Police,
COD, Training, Special Units and
Economic Offences/Inspector General of Police, Training, who will forward the
same to the Government with his
remarks. On completion of training, a final assessment report in Form No. 1
should be sent to the Government.
(d) After completion of training, the Director
General, will appoint him to be in independent charge of a post.
WOMEN POLICE CONSTABLES
1802.
Depending
on the availability of
accommodation and other facilities, the
Women
Police Constables are given
the initial basic training for three months either in the Karnataka Police
Academy at Mysore or at one of the
District Training Schools. The syllabus
for this training course is enclosed in
Appendx - XXXVIII
IN-SERVICE TRAINING COURSES
1803. Apart from the basic training course
mentioned above, thirteen in-service training courses are conducted for serving police officers in the Karnataka Police
Academy at Mysore. These courses are as follows:
1) Refresher Course for PSIs and PIs.
2) Courses on Crowd Control for PSIs, PIs,
DSPs.
3) Courses on the investigation of fraud, embezzlement
organised rackets and
economic offences for PSIs, PIs & DSPs.
4) Course on the role of Police in dealing with Juvenile
delinquency for PSIS, PIs and DSPs.
5) Courses on Police Community Relations for PSIs, PIs and DSPs.
6) Course for HCs/ASIs selected for
promotion to the rank of PSIs.
7) Course for PSIs, selected for promotion
to the rank of PIs
8) Refresher course for DSPs/ACPs.
9) Course for Police Inspectors selected
for promotion to the rank of DSPs.
10) Post N.P.A. Orientation Course for
Assistant Supdts of Police
11) Short
term Orientation course for Officers of the rank of DSPs, PIs & PSIs.
12) Refresher
Course of Assistant Public Prosecutors.
13) Sandwich course for IPS Officers for
two weeks.
POLICE TRAINING SCHOOLS
1804. (a)
Karnataka State Police Training School at Channapatna was
established in the year 1965 to impart
training to the civil Police Constables.
Since this training school has a maximum capacity for only 600 trainees
in a batch, in order to handle the workload of training the civil Police
Constables belonging to the entire State two more Schools were established at
Khanapur and Gulbarga. The Government also establishes temporary Police
Training Schools in District Headquarters depending on the number of the
untrained Constables available each year.
These Training Schools work under the administrative control of the
concerned Superintendents of Police of the districts but the academic control
of these schools rests with the training command.
ARMED POLICE
TRAINING SCHOOL AT C.A.R., BANGALORE
1805. (a)
The Armed Police Constables of the District Armed Reserves of the
various districts as well as the City
Armed Reserve are given the initial basic training in this training
school. It is under the charge of a Principal
of the rank of Superintendent of Police (non-IPS).
b) The syllabus for the basic training course for Armed Police
Constables is enclosed in
the Appendix - XXXIX
KARNATAKA
STATE RESERE POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL
1806 (a)
The Police Constables of the
K.S.R.P. are trained in this School.
The school is under the charge of a Principal of the rank of Commandant
of K.S.R.P. The Principal is assisted by instructional /executive staff:
(b) The syllabus for the training of these
Police Constables is the same as that prescribed for the Armed Police
Constables in order No. 1805. However,
the Additional Director General of
Police of K.S.R.P. may make marginal changes in this syllabus with the approval
of the Director General to suit the special requirements of the K.S.R.P.
TRAFFIC TRAINING INSTITUTE
1807. (a)
The Traffic Training Institute was set up in Bangalore in 1975 with the
staff one Assistant Commissioner of Police, 3 Police Inspectors, 3
Sub-Inspectors, 1 Assistant Sub-Inspector (Draughtsman) with the necessary supporting subordinate staff.
This institute is meant to train the officers and men of the department
in traffic engineering, traffic control, enforcement of traffic law,
investigation of traffic accident cases and allied subjects, Subsequently,
additional staff of 3 Sub-Inspectors, 4 Assistant Sub-Inspectors, 2 Head
Constables and 8 Police Constables was sanctioned to train autorickshaw drivers
in road discipline, traffic regulation, road safety and allied matters.
(b) The following three courses are
conducted in this institute :-
(I) “ officers course in Traffic” for the
Sub-Inspectors for a period of 40 days.
(ii) “Basic Training in traffic for Head Constables &
Police Constables” for a period of 20
working days.
(iii)
Course for autorickshaw drivers.
(iv) The TTI
also imparts training on school children in traffic regulation and
control.
The syllabus for the first
two courses is enclosed in Appendix -
XL.
POLICE DRIVING
AND MAINTENANCE SCHOOL
1808.
(a) The Police Driving and
Maintenance School has been sanctioned at Bangalore to provide adequate and
proper training in driving and maintenance of motor vehicles to the drivers of
the Police Department and a course on fleet management for the officers who are required to supervise
the maintenance and management of the vehicles. A Superintendent of Police (Armed) is in
charge of the school as Principal. He is provided with the required number of
inspectors as Junior Instructors and other supervisory staff. Vehicles required for training are also
provided in adequate numbers.
1809. The
Inspector General of Police, Training, will be responsible for the
general control and supervision of the functioning of the school, including
formulation of training policies, periodical inspections, and such other
matters as may be directed by the Director General of Police. The Superintendent of Police, Police
Driving and Maintenance School will
hold independent charge and will be the
Drawing Officer.
1810. The
detailed duties of the controlling officers are as under:-
i) Inspector General of Police, Training:
a)
Scrutinise and approve course programmes;
b)
Scrutinise and approve the syllabus;
c) Lay down
the standard to be achieved and the tests to be conducted;
d) Supervise
the methods and practices of training being carried out;
e) Carry out
periodical inspections of the School;
f) Review
the training methods and aids,
He
will be assisted by DIG taining in his responsibilities.
ii) Principal of the School -
a)
Dealing with all administrative matters connected
with the establishment and
functioning of the School;
b) Technical control, guidance and supervision of training;
c) Preparation of syllabus for various course;
d)
Laying
down tests to be conducted and standards to be achieved, and supervise the
final tests;
e) Allotment of vacancies;
f) Issue of certificates on successful completion of training;
g) Arranging for suitable training aids, training films and guest
lectures.
iii)
Inspector of Police, Police Driving and Maintenance
School:-
He will
a)
Exercise
control over the staff provided to the
school and be responsible for
the day-to-day
administration of the School;
b)
Prepare
and issue training programmes and ensure their proper
implementation;
c)
Arrange
for training vehicles in time by requisitioning them through the
Deputy Commissioner of
Police, City Armed Reserve or
Superintendent of Police, Motor Transport Organisation as applicable;
d) Ensure that the interior economy of the school is conducted
efficiently;
e) Ensure discipline and performance of duties of the staff and
trainees;
f)
Issue
joining and dispersal instructions for
the trainees and arrange for
their
reception and dispersal;
g)
Maintain
all relevant accounts documents as laid down in government and
departmental orders;
h)
Allot
duties to the staff provided to the school and ensure efficient performance;
(i) Conduct tests
as laid down
(j) Liaise with the Motor Vehicles
Department in getting the learners and permanent driving licences issued to the trainees.
1811 The basic course is intended to provide
driving and maintenance training to Police Constables who have not less than 4
years of service and not more than 10 years of service. The duration of this course is 4
months. They will be trained in safe
and efficient driving of all types of vehicles of the department, carry out proper maintenance of these
vehicles and attend to minor defects which may develop during the course of
driving.
1812. The refresher course is intended to
correct the driving techniques of the drivers who are already in service, who have not been properly trained in a
properly constituted driving school, and to enable them to maintain all types
of vehicles property and attend to
running defects. The duration of
this course is one month.
1813. The advanced course will cover driving of
Ambassador cars, HP cars and other types of
vehicles not normally entrusted to the drivers and also enables them to obtain HTV licence.
1814. The Special Branch Training Institute,
Bangalore, was started on 27th January, 1965 as per the orders of
the Government contained in Government Order No. HD 42 SSB 64 dated
20.06.1964. The main object of
establishing this Institute is to train Police Officers in the art of
collecting intelligence, and in the performance of multifaceted duties
connected with Intelligence work. The
institute has a staff of one Deputy Superintendent of Police and two Police
Inspectors, the work being supervised by the Superintendent of Police,
Administration and the Deputy Inspector
General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore.
1815. There are two courses conducted in the
institute, of which one is for a period of 21 working days for Police
Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors, and the other a short term course of 10 working
days exclusively for Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors posted to the State
Intelligence, who have not undergone training earlier in Intelligence Work.
The syllabi for the courses have been prepared taking into account the
various techniques of trade craft based on experience gained in handling the
different aspects of Special Branch Work.
The aim of the courses is to impart knowledge of essential skills for
handling intelligence work, stressing the methods of collection of intelligence
and reporting , apart from a review of the political spectrum, operation of
various agencies, groups and movements which have a bearing on security at the
State and the National level, the training methodology being a combination of lectures
field exercises & film shows. The
subjects taught include Constitution of
India, Passport Act & Visa Manual,
Trade Union, Communal & Political Parties and Trade Craft, etc. There will be indoor and Outdoor
practical classes also. This
course is for a period of 21 days.
(B) The short-term course of 10 working days contains in
a nutshell the various subjects outlined above, laying emphasis on collection
of information pertaining to communal organisations, VIP security, Foreigners’
registration and related matters.
(C) The officers
of SBTI also go to the districts and train the personnel in the above subjects.
1816. The
Deputy Superintendent of Police and Police Inspectors attached to the Institute
take classes on specific subjects, and officers posted at the desk and in the
field conduct classes on subjects actually being handled by them. Apart from
this Special lectures are arranged through guests from I.B. and other similar
specialised fields.
1817.
Karnataka Police Wireless Training Institute was sanctioned by the
Government in the year 1958 to train wireless operators of the Wireless Branch
and the Karanataka State Reserve Police.
The wireless operators of the rank of Police Constables, Head Constables
and Assistant Sub-Inspectors are trained in this Institute which has a capacity
to train 90 wireless operators at a time.
The training course is for a period of nine months.
(B) This
institute is under the charge of a Dy.S.P (Wireless) who works under the
control and supervision of the Superintendent of Police, Wireless and
Additional Director General TTM.
* * * * *
1818. In all criminal proceedings, personal
identification plays an important role. Identification through fingerprint
science is conclusive and infallible.
For this purpose, each State maintains a Fingerprint Bureau where a
record of fingerprints of criminals committing certain specific offences is
kept.
1819. (a) Recording
finger-print slips of convicts;
(b)
Searching
of fingerprint slips, referred to it to ascertain antecedents;
(c)
Comparisons
and opinion on finger-impressions on documents in civil and criminal cases
received from courts and other agencies;
(d)
Comparison
of latent prints and giving opinions, when required;
(e)
Single
digit recording and searches;
(f)
Action
on absconder’s reports;
(g)
Evidence
in court;
(h)
Elimination
work;
(i)
Research
work; and
(j)
Training.
1820. Following Fingerprint Bureaux exist in
Indian Union:
Name of the State Headquarters
1. Andhra Pradesh Hyderabad
2. Assan Shillong
3. Bihar Patna
4. Gujarat Ahmedabad
5. Kerala Thiruvananthapuram
6. Maharashtra Regional Bureau Poona
7. Madhya Pradesh Bhopal
8. Tamilnadu Vellore
9. Karnataka Bangalore
10. Orissa Cuttack
11. Rajasthan Jaipur
12. Punjab Phillaur
13. Uttar Pradesh Allahabad
14. West Bengal Calcutta
1821. There is a Central Fingerprint Bureau for
India at Calcutta. The address is as
follows
“The Director,
Central Fingerprint Bureau,
Intelligence Bureau (M.H.A.),
Government of India,
30, Gorachand Road,
CALCUTTA – 14.”
“The Superintendent of Police
(Director) ,
Fingerprint Bureau,
KHB Complex, Cauvery Bhavan
annexure,
Bangalore - 9”
1822. (a)
‘Bureau’ means a Fingerprint Bureau.
(b)
‘Fingerprints’ are impressions of the papillary ridges on the fingers including
thumb, either ‘rolled’ or ‘plain’
(c) Rolled Print:- A rolled print is obtained by placing the thumb or the finger
upon a tin, glass or metal slab over which a thin film of printer’s ink has
been spread by means of the roller, the plane of the nail being at right angles
to the plane of the slab, and then the thumb or the finger is turned over until
the bulb surface which originally faced to the left now faces to the right, the
plane of the nail again being at right angles to the slab. By this means the whole ridge surface of the
thumb or fingers between the boundaries of the nail is evenly inked and then
pressing it lightly upon the paper in the same way as it was pressed upon inked
slab, a clear rolled impression of the thumb or the finger is obtained.
(d)
Plain Print:- A plain print is obtained
by lightly pressing the inked bulb of thumb or finger upon the paper, without
any turning movement.
(e)
‘Unidentified’ means a person whose residence and antecedents are not known.
(f)
‘Identified’ means a person whose residence and antecedents have been verified
to be true by the police.
(g)
‘Untraced’ means a person against whom no previous convictions could be
established from the records of the Bureau.
(h)
‘Traced’ means a person whose antecedents and previous history have been
established from the records of the Fingerprint Bureau.
(i)
‘Suspect’ means any person under arrest or liable to be arrested for a criminal offence on suspicion of his
being involved in a crime.
(j)
‘Convicted’ means a person who has been found guilty for the first time by any
court of law for any offence.
(k)
‘Reconvicted’ means a person who, having been convicted on one or more previous
occasions, is again convicted.
(l)
‘Fingerprint Slips’ are of two kinds: (1) Fingerprint Record Slip and (2) Fingerprint Search Slip.
(i)
‘Fingerprint
Record Slip’ is the fingerprint slip of a person prepared in Form No. 214, immediately after he is convicted or
reconvicted and sent for record to the Bureau along with Conviction Memorandum
(Form No. 217).
(ii)
‘Fingerprint
Search Slip’ is the fingerprint slip of a suspect taken on Form No. 214, by the
Station House Officer and sent for search to the Bureau at Bangalore with Form
No. 215, in order to know his antecedents.
(m) ‘Proficient’ means an
officer who has been declared by a Superintendent of
the district or by the Commissioner in Bangalore
City, to be qualified to take clear and well rolled finger impressions and
clear impressions of the palms and soles of feet, on passing a test to be held
by the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore.
(n)
‘Searcher’ means an officer who has been declared by the ADGP (TS) to be competent to examine and classify
finger impressions.
(o)
‘Expert’ means an officer, who has been trained in the Finger print Science and
declared by the compitent authority as an expert and an officer who passes the examination held by the All-India
Board for Examination of Fingerprint Experts.
(p)
“Foot-Print Expert” means an officer not below the rank of Sub-Inspector who
has been declared by the ADGP (TS) ,
Bangalore, to be competent to take, examine and identify foot-print
impressions and to give expert opinion on foot-print impressions.
(q)
Absconder’s Slip:- This is a special
form (Red slip) used in the Bureau.
This slip is attached to the original F.P. Slip of the convict who is
reported to be an absconder, O.V. or wanted in any crime.
Training
1823. (i) Training in the State Bureau, Bangalore,
will be both theoretical and practical.
It will cover the following:
(ii)
History of criminal identification;
taking of fingerprints of living and dead persons; definitions of
ridges, creases, deltas, core, ridge characteristics, various types of
fingerprints; patterns; ridge counting; ridge tracing; classification of 10
digits according to Henry System and other systems and various forms of
extensions in use in India and other countries; classification, testing,
indexing, recording and searching search slips; development of latent prints;
comparison of latent prints; examination of scene of crime; taking of exhibits
bearing fingerprints; law of probability; detection of forged prints; how to
give opinion on fingerprints; how to
prepare exhibits for courts; how to
give evidence; Battley’s Single Digit System of classification, recording,
searching, etc.
(iii)
A candidate will be eligible to appear for the All-India Board Examination for
Fingerprint Experts, provided he has the prescribed educational qualifications
and has had a minimum of 3 years service including training in the State
Bureau.
1824. The Fingerprint Bureau
will examine disputed documents received from the (i) Civil Courts, (ii) Criminal
Courts, (iii) Superintendents of the districts, (iv) Lokayuktha, (v) Central Bureau of investigation (vi) All the departments of the Government
of Karnataka, and furnish written expert opinion as per the orders issued from
time to time by Government in this behalf.
The opinion should be
furnished in Form No.234.
Registers
The Finger Print Bureau,
Bangalore will maintain the following registers :
(1) Register of
fingerprint slips received for search (Form No.235).
(2)
Register
of identification made by the Fingerprint Bureau (Form No.236).
(3)
Register
of fingerprint slips received for record in the Fingerprint Bureau (Form
No.237).
(4)
Fingerprint
Testing Register (Form No.238).
(5)
Fingerprint
Objection Memorandum Register (Form No.228).
(6)
Requisition
Register (Form No.239).
Appliances –
Their Upkeep
1825. (a)
The appliances required for taking fingerprints comprise of a glass or metal
slab, India rubber roller and a pot or a tube of printer’s ink. These must be kept scrupulously clean and
free from dust, grit or hairs. The slab
should be cleaned every day before and after use. The roller, when not in use, should be kept in a piece of clean
oiled paper. The slab and the roller
should be cleaned periodically with soap, benzene or kerosene. The pot or tube of ink should be kept
tightly closed when not in use.
Use of
Appliances
(b) The slab must be
perfectly smooth and should be wiped free of dust before use. A small quantity of ink should then be put
on the slab with the point of a knife and then it should be evenly spread with
the roller. The roller should be used
to bring down the ink into a finest possible film so that the slab is dimly
visible through the ink. If the slab is
too heavily inked, the ink will get into the furrows when the finger is pressed
against it. The resultant print will be
a smudge. Experience has shown that it
is easier to start with a little quantity of ink and then go on adding bit by
bit until a film of required density is spread on the slab. If, by chance, too much ink has been put on
the slab, the quantity of ink can be reduced by putting a sheet of paper on the
inked slab and gently rolling over it with the roller. If the ink is dry and thick, it will be
found that it can be spread smoothly on the slab with a little perseverance.
Person
Authorised to take Fingerprints
1826. Finger
impressions will be taken only by proficients under the direction of an officer
of the rank of Sub-Inspector or above as provided in the Identification of
Prisoners’ Act (Act XXXIII of 1920).
The Sub-Inspector or the Inspector directing the proficient to take
finger impressions should sign the fingerprint slip.
Proficients
1827. In
each Police Station including Railway Police Station there should at least be
two Proficients. The proficients should
be of the rank of either a Head Constable or a senior Police Constable.
Training of the Proficients
1828. Head
Constables and Constables selected for the purpose should be trained at the
District Crime Record Bureau of each district and at Record Section in the case
of City Police Stations, in batches of 10 to 20.
(a) The training will be for a period of 10 days
as follows:-
Ist Day
(1)
The
use of appliances for taking finger-prints and the reason why they should be
kept scrupulously clean.
(2)
How
to take rolled prints and plain prints with explanation of difference between
them.
2nd Day
(1)
Explanation
of ‘deltas’ and ‘cores’ in finger impressions.
(2)
Practice
in taking finger impressions.
3rd Day
(1)
Explanation
of all entries on a finger impression slip form.
(2)
Explanation
of all the abbreviations to be used in the finger-print slip for record.
(3)
Explanation
of the difference between fingerprint slips of convicted persons for record and
fingerprint slips of reconvicted persons for record.
4th Day
(1)
Method
of taking palm-prints.
(2)
Practice
in taking palm-prints.
5th Day
(1)
Method
of taking foot-prints.
(2)
Practice
in taking foot-prints.
6th Day
(1)
Explanation
of the single digit cards.
(2)
Method
of taking impressions on single digit cards.
(3)
Practice
in taking finger, palm and foot-prints.
7th Day
(1)
Revision
of the whole course.
(2)
Practice
in obtaining fingerprints.
8th Day
(1)
Revision
of the instructions regarding entries to be made on fingerprints slips for
search. Practice in taking prints.
9th Day
(1)
Revision
of the instructions regarding entries to be made on the fingerprint slips for
record. Practice in taking impressions.
10th Day
(7)
Test
to be held by the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore.
(b) The training will be imparted by the Dy.S.P. in-charge of the
District Crime Record Bureau or an Officer who has received training in
Fingerprint Science at the Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore.
© The training programme
should be fixed in consultation with the Director, Fingerprint Bureau,
Bangalore, who will conduct a test on the last day of the training.
(d) On the conclusion of training and
test, the successful candidates will be declared as proficients by the
Superintendent or the Commissioner, as the case may be.
Persons whose
Fingerprints are to be taken for Record
1829. The
fingerprints of the following persons (juveniles excepting those sent to
certified schools, adults, males, females or eunuchs) should ordinarily be
taken for permanent record.
i)
All
persons convicted of offences under Chapters XII and XVII of the Indian Penal
Code, which are punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or
more.
ii)
All
persons convicted of any offence under Chapter VI of the Indian Penal Code, or
of sabotage and subversive activities against the State.
iii)
All
persons convicted of offences under Sections 170 and 302 and 304 (murder for
gain), 328, 338, 465 to 477-A and 489-D of the Indian Penal Code.
iv)
All
persons convicted under the Arms, Opium or Excise act, who are suspected to be
smugglers in arms, opium or dangerous drugs as defined in the Dangerous Drugs
Act, 1930, or entailing punishment on reconviction.
v)
All
persons convicted of smuggling gold, currency and valuable articles under the
Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1947.
vi)
All
persons ordered to execute bonds under sections 109 and 110 of the Code of
Criminal Procedure.
vii)
All
traffickers in women and children who are convicted under sections 363 to 373
of the Indian Penal Code.
viii)
All
persons convicted under Section 5 of the Telegraph Wires (Unlawful Possession)
Act, 1950, for unlawful possession of telegraph wires.
ix)
All
persons convicted for offences under Section 3 and 4 of the Railway
Property (Unlawful Possession) Act,
1965, for unlawful possession of Railway Property.”
x)
All
professional criminals and persons of dangerous character externed from any
area under any State Act (Sections 54, 55 and 56 of the Karnataka Police Act,
1963).
xi)
All
foreigners externed under the Foreigners Act, 1946.
xii)
All
approvers in gang, decoity and criminal conspiracy cases.
xiii)
All
persons suspected of being professional intinerant criminals and persons of
notoriously criminal reputation who habitually absent themselves from their
homes and are believed to travel to other States for the purpose of committing
crime and who have been arrested by police and whose fingerprints have been taken,
even if they are acquitted, provided that in the case of acquittal, permission
for record of fingerprints is obtained under Section 7 of the Identification of
Prisoners Act.
xiv)
All
persons convicted for attempt or abetment (Section 511 or Section 169/114 of
the Indian Penal Code) and criminal conspiracy (Section 120-B of the Indian
Penal Code) for offences mentioned in this Order.
xv)
All
Indian nationals convicted outside India of any offence for which fingerprints
have been received at the State Bureau from those countries.
xvi)
All
international criminals and absconders
whose fingerprints are sent to the State Bureau from countries outside India.
xvii)
All
persons convicted under the Explosive Substances Act, 1908.
xviii)
All
persons convicted under the Official Secrets Act, 1923.
xix)
All
persons convicted under Sections 126 and 128 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890.
xx)
Any
other person whose fingerprints are ordered to be maintained by the Government
of India from time to time subject to the provisions of Identification of
Prisoners Act.
xxi)
All
persons convicted under Sections 96, 108, 113 and 114 of the Karnataka Police Act, 1963.
xxii)
Persons
convicted under Section 76 Excise Act, 1961.
xxiii)
Foreigners
when convicted for offences punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term of
one year or upwards under the Indian Penal Code.
xxiv)
Persons
notified under the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act, 1962, convicted of
offences under Section 16 of the Act, and of any of the offences narrated in
the schedule to the said Act.
xxv)
All
persons, not specially provided for above, regarding whom it is considered
desirable that there should be a permanent record. These include –
(a)
persons
of disreputable antecedents,
(b)
persons
who take part in violent crimes, whether political or non-political, involving
injury to body, life or property and
(c)
the
following classes only of persons connected with political offences:
(i)
persons
who use aliases or otherwise, endeavour to conceal their identity to facilitate
commission of political crime; and
(ii)
persons
about whom, because of their hidden activities, it is desirable that there
should be permanent record.
Note:- The fingerprints of persons, who are locals
and who have been convicted of offences of trivial nature, need not ordinarily
be taken.
Persons whose Fingerprints should not be
Taken
1830.
Fingerprints of lepers should not be taken on any account. Fingerprints of persons suffering from
contagious and infectious diseases should not be taken until completely
recovered.
DUTIES OF THE DISTRICT POLICE AND SEARCH
REFERENCES
1831. (a)
The fingerprints of all unidentified persons who are arrested as suspects or
are under trial on a criminal charge, will be taken on Form No. 214 by the
Station House Officer and submitted to the Bureau at Bangalore with a search
slip (counterfoil and trifoil) for search in Form No. 215, after entering the
details in the Fingerprint Register of Unidentified Persons (Form No.
216). The search slip should contain
full details of the circumstances under which the suspect has come into the
hands of the police and also information regarding convictions with Bureau
serial number, if known. The Bureau
will return the trifoil of the search slip duly filled in to the Station House
Officer.
. (b) For this purpose, every person in custody
whose residence and antecedents are not known or have not been fully
ascertained during the police investigation, or of persons, who though known,
have been out of view for some time, will be considered to be ‘unidentified’.
(c) Three sets of
fingerprints [two sets only in the case of persons falling under items (xxi) to
(xxv) of Order 1796], will be taken on the arrest of an accused person and the
name and other particulars filled in, immediately after the prints have
been recorded. Resistance to or refusal to allow the taking
of fingerprints is an offence under Section 186 of the Indian Penal Code read
with Section 6 of the Identification of Prisoners Act. If a person, who is required to allow his
finger-prints to be taken, resists or refuses to allow the taking of the same,
it will be lawful, under Section 6 (1) of the Identification of Prisoners Act,
to use all means necessary to secure the taking thereof.
Number of Copies of Slips Required for Record
1832. The number of fingerprint slips required for
record is as follows:
(1)
Of
ordinary convicts convicted in their home State, one copy will be taken for
record in the Bureau of the State of conviction;
(2)
Of
all convicts:
(a)
who
are wanderers, unidentified or whose operations are known to extend beyond the
limits of their home State; or
(b)
who,
though themselves residents of the State of conviction are really foreigners
and are thus likely to have relations with criminals of other States; or
(c)
who
have been notified under the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act and are known or
believed to be connected with organised gangs in other States; or
(d)
who
have been convicted of theft of fire-arms and ammunition or under Arms, Opium or Excise Acts in circumstances
which render it likely that they are illicit inter-state dealers in arms and
ammunition, opium, cocaine or other drugs; or
(e)
who
have been convicted under Section 328 of the Indian Penal Code, if the offence
was of a professional type or under Sections 231 to 253 of the Indian Penal
Code, and Sections 489-A to 489-D and who are believed to be operating in
another State.
(3)
Of
a foreigner convicted of an offence of the type in which finger-prints would
ordinarily be taken for record under the rules, the fingerprints and
photographs should be taken in duplicate and sent by the Superintendent of the
district in which the case was registered, one for record in the State Bureau
and the other for transmission to the Central Fingerprint Bureau.
As many copies will be taken
as are required for record in (i) the State Bureau, (ii) the Bureau of the
State of which the convicts are alleged to be residents or to which their
operations are known to have extended, and (iii) the Central Fingerprint
Bureau, Calcutta;
Submission of Fingerprint Slips for Search to Other
Bureaux
1833 (a)
When an unidentified person is, or is reasonably suspected to have
extended his operations to another State, reference should also be made by the
Station House Officer with Copies of his fingerprint slips in the manner
prescribed, direct to the Bureau of the State of which he is a native or of the
States where his operations are believed to extend.
(b) When sending the fingerprint slips of an
under-trail prisoner or suspect for search, the names of the Bureaux to which
the copies of the fingerprint slips have been sent for search should be noted
on each slip.
Fingerprint Slips for Search to Central F.P.B.,
Calcutta
(c) . ( i) If, in the case
of unidentified persons belonging to other States, it is not possible to
establish satisfactorily the antecedents and criminal histories of such persons
from the replies of State Bureau, Bangalore, and Bureau of other States,
then the Station House Officer should
send a fingerprint slip for a further search to Central Fingerprint Bureau,
Calcutta.
(ii)
The fingerprint slips of the unidentified dead bodies should be sent for search
to the Central Fingerprint Bureau, Calcutta. The word MALE or FEMALE, as the
case may be, should invariably be recorded on the fingerprint search slips of
the unidentified dead bodies.
(d) In the case of all unidentified persons
arrested in railway offences [Item Nos. (ii) to (xxi) of Order 1796] one set of
fingerprint slip should invariably be sent to the Central Fingerprint Bureau,
Calcutta, in addition to those sent to the State Bureau, Bangalore, and the Bureaux
of other States.
Points
to be Noted Preparing Fingerprint Slips
1834. The
following points should be specially noted in preparing fingerprint slips:-
(i)
Inking the Fingers:- Before inking the fingers they should be thoroughly washed with
soap, if necessary, and rubbed clean and dry as the presence of slightest
moisture on the fingers will cause blotches and blur the finger
impressions. Some persons perspire
heavily and the presence of the sweat on the bulbs of the fingers may prevent
the oily ink from adhering to the fingers resulting in the impressions being
smudged. Under such circumstances
denatured spirit or alcohol can be used with much advantage for drying the
fingers. Only the inner portions of the
upper phalanges of the fingers should be inked. To take ‘Rolled’ impressions, the method described in the
definition of the rolled impressions should be followed for inking the
fingers. For ‘Plain’ impressions the ridge
surface of the fingers should be inked at the same spot on the slab without re-inking
the slab.
(ii)
Taking of Impressions:- Prints should invariably
be obtained on the prescribed fingerprint slip (Form No. 214). In the slip, space has been provided for the
rolled prints of the ten digits as well as for the plain prints of the four fingers
of each hand and two thumbs. The
headings on the slip are self-explanatory.
(iii)
Slips to be folded for
taking rolled prints:- For convenience in taking
‘rolled’ prints, the slip should be folded at the line indicated and the fold
placed in line with the edge of the table.
(iv)
Order of taking prints:- The ‘rolled’ prints of the right hand should be taken first, each
finger being inked and impressed before the next finger in rotation is
inked. When the rolled prints of the
right hand fingers have been taken, the operator should take the ‘plain’ prints
of the four fingers of that hand simultaneously in the space provided for them
on the slip. The operator should then
proceed to take the ‘rolled’ and plain’ prints of the left hand fingers in a
similar manner. The plain impressions
of the right and the left thumbs should be taken simultaneously in the spaces
provided.
(v)
Impressions
must invariably be taken with the tip of the finger pointing to the top of the
form.
(vi)
The
‘rolled’ prints should show the complete contour of the bulbs of the
fingers. One delta in the case of the
‘loops’ and two in the case of ‘whorls’ and ‘composites’ should be visible.
(vii)
The
‘rolled’ print of each finger must be taken on the space allotted for that
finger and the impression should not project beyond that space. The impression of only upper phalanges of
the finger should appear.
(viii)
If
a finger is missing or is so deformed that it is impossible to obtained an
impression, the fact should be noted in ink in the space allotted for that
finger by the words ‘missing’ or ‘deformed’.
(ix)
In
the case of double fingers, the printers of both fingers should, if possible,
be taken; otherwise, the print on the more prominent of the two should
invariably be taken.
(x)
Deformities,
cuts, scars and disease marks interfering with the clearness of the impressions
should be fully described and it should be stated if they are temporary or
permanent. If there are open cuts or
scars in any of the top phalanges of the fingers of the subject, the prints of
such fingers should not be taken until the cuts or scars have healed.
(xi)
Extra fingers:- If a person has more than
five fingers on a hand, impressions of the thumb and the four fingers next to
it should be taken in the squares allotted to them on the slip. If the extra finger is outside the thumb,
its impression should be taken in the space on the slip before the thumb, and
if it is outside the little finger, in the space after the little finger.
(xii)
All
entries should be written legibly in English and should be as concise as possible
and convictions should be entered in chronological order. While completing the form, unconcerned words
on the printed form should be neatly scored out.
(xiii)
After
the fingerprints of both hands have been taken, the officer, who should not be
lower than the rank of a Sub-Inspector, who supervises the taking of the finger
impressions, should enter such particulars as are available in the columns
provided on the obverse and reverse and duly sign the form in token of
verification.
(xiv)
The
fingerprint slips of one subject should be completely filled in before that of
another is commenced, to avoid the risk of the particulars of a subject being
entered in the wrong slip.
(xv)
Fingerprint
slips for despatch should be so folded that the creases do not run through the
prints.
Fingerprinting
of Unidentified Dead Bodies
1835. (i)
The fingerprints of all unidentified dead bodies should be promptly taken and
sent to the State Bureau, Bangalore, for comparison with the prints on record
in the Bureau or elsewhere with a view to establish the identity of the dead
bodies.
(ii)
It is a wise precaution to wear gloves when taking fingerprints from a dead
body, though the danger of poisoning from the corpse is very small.
` (iii)
The technique to be employed in taking fingerprints of a dead body will greatly
depend on the state of the body.
(iv)
If the body is fresh and its fingers flexible, finger-prints can be taken
direct on Form No. 214, through the usual inking and rolling process. Before taking the prints it would be advantageous
to dip the fingers of the dead body for a short time in hot water. Thereafter the fingers should be cleaned and
all moisture removed. For this purpose
any good solvent like alcohol or benzine could be used. After cleaning, the fingers should be thoroughly
dried for the reason that body heat is absent in a dead body.
(v)
The hands could be dipped in hot water for a short time to make them
flexible. Where rigor mortis has
appeared, usual inking and rolling process will not succeed and ink has to be
directly applied to the fingers with a rubber roller and the print taken finger
by finger on small pieces of paper by holding each piece in the palm of the
hand pressing it against the finger. If
the prints are blurred, there is no objection to take more than one impression
of a finger till a clear print is taken.
Each finger slip should thereafter be pasted in its appropriate place on
Form No. 214. A curved metal or wooden spoon
could, if necessary, be used for taking the prints.
(vi)
If the fingers are clenched, they will have to be forcibly straightened either
by bending the hands forward or backward at the wrist or forcibly stretching
the fingers. In extreme case tendons
should be cut by a surgeon in order to straighten the fingers.
(vii) When the skin of the fingers is
shrunken or wrinkled, on account of submersion in water, the surface of the
fingers can be rounded out and smoothened by injecting glycerin, melted
paraffin, hot water or air into the tissues.
(viii)
If the prints obtained by the above methods are not found adequately clear and
decipherable, the Medical Officer holding post-mortem should be asked to remove
the skin from the fingers. The skin of
each finger should then be placed in a labelled bottle or tube containing
formal dehyde solution or in a solution of glycerine and alcohol for
preservation and transport to be the Bureau.
The label of each container should indicate the name of the finger. A separate bottle or tube should be used for
each finger.
(ix)
The fingerprints in Form No. 214 or the dissected skins of fingertips or both,
should be sent to the Bureau promptly with a forwarding report furnishing
details such as Police Station, Crime No., Section of Law, history of the case
and date and time of (a) finding the dead body, (b) taking fingerprints and (c)
post-mortem and dissection of finger skins.
Method of Proving Previous Convictions in Traced
Cases
1836. If,
on the return of the search slip from the Bureau, it is found that previous
convictions have been traced against the accused, steps should be taken to
prove such previous convictions, when necessary, under Section 298, Criminal
Procedure Code, which requires:-
(a)
that a certified copy of the previous convictions should be filed; and
(b)
that the identity of the accused should be proved.
Proof of Last Conviction will Generally Suffice
1837. In
the case of a person who has been previously convicted more than once, it will
generally suffice to prove the last conviction only, provided that the former
convictions were proved in that case and are mentioned in the judgement.
Method of Proving Identity of the Accused
1838 (a) . The identity of the accused should
ordinarily be proved by the evidence of a Police Officer who is cognizant of
the previous conviction, or by a Jail Officer who can recognise the accused as
the prisoner who underwent the previous sentence of imprisonment, but if such
witnesses to identity cannot be obtained, identity may be proved under Sections
45 and 73 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (Act I of 1872) as amended by Act V
of 1899, by means of expert evidence, for which purpose the record slip must be
obtained from the Bureau by which the accused was traced and the services of
the expert requisitioned from the State Bureau, Bangalore.
(b) When it is required to
prove the identity of the accused person by means of his fingerprints traced in
a Bureau, other than the Home Bureau, the following procedure will be observed:
(c) The Prosecutor will move
the court to issue under Section 91 Cr. P.C. a summons to the Director of the
Fingerprint Bureau, in possession of the traced slip, to produce from the
records and send by post under a registered cover the original fingerprint slip
containing the fingerprints of the convict whom the prosecution alleges to be
the accused, in order that the court may compare the fingerprints taken before
it with the fingerprints on the slip on record in the Fingerprint Bureau. A spare copy of the slip containing the
fingerprints and previous convictions of the convict concerned taken in the
presence of the Magistrate should invariably accompany such summons and will be
retained in the Bureau in place of the original slip sent to the court until it
is sent back by the court.
(d) If, on the production of
this slip, the accused does not admit that the prints on it are his, the court
should be asked to proceed under Section 45 of the Indian Evidence Act and take
the opinion of an expert summoned for the purpose from the Fingerprint Bureau,
Bangalore.
(e) If the slip is traced by
the Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore, a demand on the summons for the production
of the traced slip by the expert deputed to give evidence in the case will
suffice and the issue of a separate summons under Section 91 Cr. P.C. can be
dispensed with.
Procedure
Regarding Fingerprint Slips to be Sent for Record by Station House Officers
1839 (a) If the persons charged is convicted, all the
particulars of the conviction should be filled in and if the convict has
previous convictions, all particulars of his previous and present convictions
in the chronological order with their Fingerprint Bureau serial numbers will be
entered in the second and third sets of fingerprint slips and forwarded to the
District Crime Record Bureau, together with a conviction memorandum and the
trifoil of Form No. 215.
(b) If the prisoner is acquitted or discharged,
the Station House Officer will file the fingerprint slips taken by him along
with the Station copy of the case diary, except in the case of persons
mentioned in item (xiv) of the Order 1796, in whose case the fingerprint slips
should be sent to the State Bureau for record after taking permission under
Section 7 of the Identification of Prisoners Act.
(c) Following instructions
are issued for completing the entries in the fingerprint slips sent for record:
(i)
In
the case of convicts who remain unidentified, of the two words ‘unidentified’
and ‘identified’ appearing on the top left hand corner of the side of the slip
containing the entries of convictions, the word ‘identified’ should be scored
out in red ink. In the case of
reconvicted persons whose fingerprints are known or believed to be already on
record, the word ‘unidentified’ of the two words referred to above, should be
scored out in red ink, in order that it may attract special attention in the
Bureau and render it impossible for two different slips of the same person
being kept on record.
(ii)
The
name of the court should be indicated by the use of locally accepted
abbreviations.
(iii)
Dates
should be given in figures. The name of
months should not be used. Thus Ist
July, 1964 will be written as 01.07.1964.
(iv)
When
entering the section of the law under which the convict was convicted, numerals
should be used to denote the number of the section. The following abbreviations should be used to denote the law:
I.P.C.
– Indian Penal Code.
Cr.
P.C. – Criminal Procedure Code.
H.O.Act
–Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act, 1961.
(v)
If
the conviction is in a case investigated by the Railway Police, the letter “Ry.
P.” should be written below the section of conviction on the fingerprint slip.
(vi)
The
following abbreviations should be used in describing the sentence:
Yr.
– Year.
M.
– Month.
Wk.
– Week.
Dy.
– Day.
R.I.
– Rigorous Imprisonment.
S.I.
– Simple Imprisonment.
S.C.
– Solitary Confinement.
(vii)
The
number of days, weeks, months and years, should be noted in numerals, e.g., “3
yrs. R.I.” Which means three years rigorous imprisonment.
(viii)
Should
a person be fined, the amount of the fine only is to be entered in numerals,
for example “3 Yrs. R.I.” Rs. 500 or 6
M.’s R.I.”
(ix)
In
the case of persons called upon to furnish security and to execute a bond, the
letters S and B with the figures of the amount of the bond or bonds and
security, as the case may be, should be entered with the period of imprisonment
fixed for default to furnish, for instance “B.R. 40 and S. Rs. 100 for 6 M.’s
or 6 M.’s R.I.”
(x)
Under
column “Police Station, case No. and date”, first show the name of the Police
Station in full followed by the crime No. (F.I.R. No…… -hyphen ‘year’.)
(xi)
In
the case of the person convicted for offences registered in more than one
Police Station, each Station House Officer concerned should submit a
fingerprint slip for record separately.
(xii)
On
receipt of the fingerprint slip in Form No. 214, of persons convicted/
reconvicted together with the conviction memorandum (in Form No. 217) and the
trifoil of the search slip (Form No. 215) and the last part of the diary in
Form No. 138 in the District Crime Record Bureau, they will be entered in the
register (Form No. 218) and Sl. Nos. of the district will be noted on the
conviction memorandum. After noting the
slip in the register, the District Crime Record Bureau will sort out the slips
and make two lots as under:
(xiii)
The
fingerprint slips of persons sentenced to fine or imprisonment for a period not
exceeding one month and of persons released under Section 360 Cr. P.C. and of
persons who have furnished security immediately after being bound over under
Section 109 or 110 Cr. P.C.
(xiv)
If
the Superintendent or subject to his general supervision, the Sub-Divisional
Police Officer decides that it is unnecessary to send the fingerprints for
record, the slip will be destroyed and the Station House Officer informed. If he decides to the contrary, he will forward
the fingerprint slip direct to the State Bureau at Bangalore for record along
with the conviction memo after the expiry of the period of appeal or the
appeal, if preferred, has been decided.
The conviction memorandum should be returned to the Station House
Officer, on receipt form the Bureau. Such fingerprint slips and memos will be
numbered and placed on the file but will not be submitted to the Fingerprint
Tester.
(xv)
The
fingerprint slips of persons not covered by the previous clauses.
(xvi)
In
all other cases coming under clause (xv), the Superintendent will decide
whether the fingerprint slips should be recorded in the Fingerprint Bureau or
not, Such of those fingerprint slips as are not to be recorded will be
destroyed and the Station House Officer informed. Where it is decided to record, the same will be sent to the
Superintendent of the district in which the jail, where the prisoner is
imprisoned, is situated.
(xvii)
If
the fingerprint slip is obviously unfit for record in the Bureau, the
fingerprint Head Constable attached to the District Crime Record Bureau of the
district in which the jail is situated will prepare a fresh slip and make it
available to the Fingerprint Tester, who will proceed according to the
instruction in Orders 1841 infra.
1840. If a convict is transferred from one District
Jail to another before the arrival of the Tester, the Superintendent will
forward the fingerprint slip and conviction memo to the Superintendent of the
district to which the prisoner has been transferred where it will be placed with
the other slips of the district awaiting tester.
1841.
(a)On the arrival in a district of the Tester, the files containing the
conviction memoranda and fingerprint slips will be handed over to him and he
will proceed to test the slips at the jail and to complete all details which
are required by the Bureau. In making
the test, the Tester will prepare for each prisoner a slip in Form No. 219 and
will satisfy himself that the prints have been properly taken on the original
fingerprint slips and that they are those of the convict named in the slip,
that all the particulars recorded in
the slip are correct. That all
convictions are properly and correctly entered and that the required number of copies have been
taken. Any mistakes should be brought
to the notice of the Superintendent.
Fingerprint slips containing blurred or indistinct impressions should be
rejected and should be replaced by fresh slips prepared by the Tester; but
where the fingerprint slips prepared by the Station House Officers are
sufficiently clear, those slips should be sent to the Bureau for record.
(b) After having tested the
slips, the Tester will note the word ‘tested’ with his initials and date (1)
against the prisoner’s name in the jail admission registers, (2) in the
District Crime Record Bureau Fingerprint Register (Form No. 218), (3) on the
back of the conviction memos, and (4) on the history tickets.
(c) The Tester is
responsible for the correctness of the conviction and all other details entered
by him or the Station House Officer on the reverse of the slip. He will sign each slip that he has tested
and his signature will be held to show that he has verified the sentence,
previous conviction and personal details of the convict from the judicial and
jail records.
(d) Whenever the
Tester visits the jail, he will check the admission since his last visit and
report all cases in which the fingerprint slips of convicted persons have not
been sent for test. He will prepare the
slips of all such persons and give them to the Superintendent concerned with
his report.
1842. (a)
Fingerprint slips and conviction memoranda, after being tested, will be made
over by the Tester to the Superintendent who will send the slips belonging to
his district to the State Bureau, Bangalore, provided that the time of appeal
is over or the appeal (if any) has been decided. If no appeals is preferred, a remark to that effect will be made
on each slip. The acknowledgement form
(Form No. 220) will be attached to each slip before transmission to the
Fingerprint Bureau for record.
Note:- It
will be the duty of the Station House Officer to intimate the Superintendent
whether the person whose fingerprint slip is sent for record has or has not
preferred an appeal and if an appeal is preferred, the result thereof. A note to this effect should be made in the
District Police Office below the conviction for which the fingerprint slip is sent
for record.
(b) In the case of fingerprint slips of other districts, the
tested slips will be returned to the Superintendent of the district where the
persons were convicted for transmission to the State Bureau, Bangalore, as per
Sub Order (a).
(c) Every fingerprint slip
sent for record in the Bureau will be accompanied by its relative conviction
memorandum. The Bureau will return the
conviction memorandum duly signed by the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, with the
Fingerprint Bureau serial number and classification noted in the columns provided
for the purpose. On receipt of the
conviction memorandum from the Fingerprint Bureau, the Superintendent will send
it for file to the Station House Officer who will enter the Bureau serial
number and the classification in the concerned station records. In subsequent references to the Bureau, this
serial number will invariably be quoted.
1843. The fingerprints of an adolescent sent to a
special institution should be sent for record to the Bureau of the State of
which he is a resident and a copy kept in the Bureau of the State in which he
is convicted.
Fingerprints
of Persons Convicted in one State who are Believed to have had their Origin in
Another State, for Record
1844. The fingerprints of persons convicted in one
State who are believed to have had their origin in another State, though not
actually identified as residents thereof, will be taken in duplicate and sent
to the State Bureau, Bangalore. The
State Bureau will retain one copy for its record and transmit the second copy to the Bureau of the State of origin of
the convict.
1845. When a prisoner escapes from police or jail
custody and his fingerprints have been taken prior to his escape, the
fingerprint slip, whether it would otherwise be forwarded to the Bureau or not
under the rules, should be forwarded to the State Bureau, Bangalore, at once,
with particulars of the circumstances of the escape, so that it may be placed
on the record. When the slip has already been forwarded, it will be necessary
to inform the Bureau of the escape in order that the slip may be suitably
marked in accordance with Order 1835 infra.
1846. All
slips received for search will be returned within 24 hours of receipt, if
possible.
Work of the
Bureau and Action on Fingerprint Slips Received for Record in the Bureau
1847. Every
slip received for record will be carefully scrutinised before acceptance with
regard to the clarity and order of impressions, details of convictions,
etc. The accepted fingerprint slips
should be classified by one officer and tested by another and then indexed and
recorded. The acknowledgements of the
recorded fingerprint slips along with the fingerprint formula and the Bureau
serial number should be sent to the District Crime Record Bureau. The defective slips will be returned to the
District Police Office with an objection slip (Form No. 221) for rectification
of defects and resubmission.
Bureau
Classification
1848 (a).
All classification and arrangement of slips will be done in accordance with the
Henry system and in the case of larger groups with extensions of
Henry-Chatterjee System.
(b)Nominal Index Cards will
be maintained for all convicts whose fingerprints are recorded in the Bureau.
Distribution of Slips by Bureau of State of
Conviction
1849. All
copies of slips taken for record should be submitted to the State Bureau,
Bangalore, and it will forward the copies intended for other Bureaux including
the Central Fingerprint Bureau, Calcutta, noting on each copy the names of the
other Bureaux in which the slip is on record.
Action on Absconders and Untraced Surveillees whose
Fingerprints are on Record
1850 (a) If
any person whose fingerprint slip has been sent for record is subsequently
declared a proclaimed offender, or escapes from jail or police custody, or
absconds after committing some offences, or being a history-sheeted person
becoming out of view, the Station House Officer will send immediately,
information to the Superintendent in Form No.222 for transmission to the State
Bureau, Bangalore.
(b) On receipt of the report
referred to in the preceding order, a red slip in Form No.223 will be attached
to the slip so that immediate information may be given to the police by whom
the absconder is wanted, in the event of the absconder’s fingerprints being
subsequently traced. In such cases, a
copy of the red slip together with the absconder’s classification number will
be sent by the Bureau receiving the report to the Bureaux in which the
absconder’s fingerprints are on record.
If and when the fingerprint slips of such persons are traced, an
intimation in Form No.224 should be sent to the Superintendent concerned.
Reports of Deaths
1851. If a
convict whose fingerprints have been taken dies in jail, the Superintendent, if
the deceased was convicted in his district, will forward a death report in Form
No.225 to the State Bureau, Bangalore.
Should such a convict die in jail after transfer, the Superintendent of
the district in which the jail is situated will forward the death report to the
Superintendent of the district in which the deceased was convicted, who will
forward the same to the State Bureau, Bangalore. Should a convict die after release from jail, the Station House
Officer will forward the death report to the State Bureau, Bangalore, through
the Superintendent. The State Bureau, Bangalore, will inform the other Bureaux
where the deceased’s slip is on record.
Removal of Slips on Receipt of Death Reports
1852. The
slips of persons reported to have died in jail will be removed from the record
and destroyed at once. In cases of
death of persons reported by the Station House Officer, the date of the death
report will be marked in red ink across the slip which will remain in the
record for another two years when it will be removed and destroyed.
Periodical Elimination of Fingerprint Slips
1853 (a)
All slips will be examined annually and in the absence of any special reasons
to the contrary, those enumerated below will be withdrawn from the record.
(b) In the case of a person
who is a professional prisoner, note-forger, coiner, arms smuggler, or a
habitual offender notified under the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act of 1961,
on his attaining the age of 80 years or on his death whichever is earlier, or
on his becoming physically unfit by reason of blindness, etc., to commit crime.
In the Case of any other Person
1854. (a) If
he has not more than two convictions in his native district (not having been
convicted outside his native district) and has not, subsequent to his
conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or
convicted, on the expiry of ten years from the date of his release from jail , as the case may be; or
(b) If he has been convicted
outside his active district or has more than two convictions in his native
district and has not, subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the
case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry of 15 years
from the date of his release or last release from jail, as the case may be; or
(c) On his attaining the age of 80 years;
or on his death which ever is earlier.
1855. To
prevent the possibility of the wrongful destruction of any fingerprint slip in
the Bureau, slips withdrawn from record will be sent, if necessary, to the
Superintendent concerned for information and destruction. The Superintendent will pass them on to the
Sub-Divisional Police Officer concerned
for necessary action. If the SDPO has any objection to the destruction of any particular slip,
he should return it to the bureau through the Superintendent explaining full why he wants it to be
retained.
1856. The
destruction of slips of fingerprints which are on record in other Bureaux will
be intimated to those Bureaux by the State Bureau, Bangalore.
Central Fingerprint Bureau – Fingerprint Slips to be
sent for Record in the Central Bureau, through the State Bureau
1857 A
Central Fingerprint Bureau has been established by the Government of India and
is functioning at No.30, Gorachand Road, Calcutta. Fingerprint slips of all persons convicted for offences mentioned
in Order 1829 should be sent to the State Bureau and a duplicate fingerprint
slip for each of these [except in the case of those mentioned in items (xxi) to
(xxv) of Order 1796], should be sent for record in the Central Bureau.
The fingerprint slips intended for record in the Central Bureau should
be sent through the State Bureau and not direct. When sending fingerprint slips for record, they should be sent in
duplicate, one with the conviction memorandum for record in the State Bureau
and the other, without the conviction memorandum for transmission to the
Central Bureau at Calcutta. In the case
of persons for whom additional slips have to be recorded in other State Bureaux
according to Order 1844, such additional fingerprint slips as are necessary
will also be taken and sent.
1858 The
procedure prescribed by the Government of India for sending fingerprint slips
to the Central Bureau is detailed below.
The District Crime Record Bureau should scrutinise the clarity of prints
and the correctness of entries before sending slips for record. While sending fingerprint slips for record,
despatch memoranda (Form No.226) should be used, filling the relevant entries
in all the foils of the form. In no
case should fingerprint slips of more than ten persons be sent under a single
despatch memorandum.
Instructions for the State Bureau and District Crime
Record Bureau for Sending Fingerprint Slips to the Central Bureau
1859 (i)
One set of fingerprint slips of all persons convicted of any offence mentioned
in items (i) to (xx) of Order 1829, will be prepared by the District Crime
Record Bureau, for record in the Central Bureau in addition to the number of
sets required for the State Bureau.
(ii)
All the fingerprint slips of convicts for record at the Central Bureau will be
sent under triplicate despatch memoranda in Form No.226 through the State
Bureau.
(iii)
In cases where the State Bureau sends fingerprint slips for record to other
Bureaux, the Director will issue triplicate despatch memorandum along with
these fingerprint slips.
(iv) The State Bureau will see that fingerprint slips of
more than ten convicts are in no case sent under a single despatch memorandum.
(v) The State Bureau will maintain a register in Form
No.227 to keep an account of the despatch memoranda sent by the District Crime
Record Bureau.
(vi) The State Bureau, on receipt of fingerprint slips
meant for record at the Central Bureau, will examine the clarity of finger
impressions, scrutinise the order of the impressions and entries on the slips
and return to the District Crime Record Bureau those fingerprint slips that are
unfit for record or do not contain full particulars.
(vii) The State Bureau, which is to issue despatch
memoranda for sending fingerprint slips to the Central Bureau, will also
maintain a register as stated in Sub-Order (v) above.
(viii) The State Bureau will forward only such
fingerprint slips that are fit for record and contain correct particulars to
the Central Bureau.
(ix) The State Bureau will keep an account of the
fingerprint slips returned to the District Crime Record Bureau for
rectification of defects (Form No.228).
(x) The State Bureau will see that all fingerprint slips
returned for rectification of defects are submitted to the Central Bureau under
a fresh despatch memorandum.
(xi) All intimations regarding absconders will be sent by
the State Bureau under a despatch memorandum along with a fingerprint slip, if
available, with particulars of the case in which they are wanted and the office
to which the intimation of arrest is to be given (in Block Letters).
(xii) In the case of intimation regarding absconders
whose fingerprint slips are not available, the State Bureau will send a
photostat copy (actual size) of the rolled impressions from the fingerprint
record slip of the State under a despatch memorandum.
(xiii) The State Bureau will
see that fingerprint slips of persons convicted for the first time and
fingerprint slips of persons traced by the Central Bureau when convicted are
sent under separate despatch memoranda.
(xiv) In sending fingerprint slips of persons traced by
the Central Bureau, the formula supplied by the Central Bureau on the search
slip will be noted on the fingerprint record slip.
(xv) The State Bureau, on receipt of duplicate despatch
memoranda, with classification formula, from the Central Bureau, will file one
copy in the Bureau and send the other to the District Crime Record Bureau.
(xvi) The State Bureau will see that intimation regarding
absconders is despatched to the Central Bureau within a week from the date of
receipt of the information.
(xvii) The State Bureau will see that all fingerprint
slips meant for record at the Central Bureau are despatched within a week from
the date of receipt of the slips.
(xviii)
State Bureau will see that one extra copy of
each fingerprint slip of inter-state, inter-national auto thieves, hotel
thieves, prisoners, forgers of currency, cheats and coiners is taken for single
print record at the Central Bureau and sent to the Central Bureau with a short
note on their modus operandi.
(xix)
The State Bureau will bring to the notice of the Central Bureau all new
features regarding the science of identification from fingerprints observed by
them and any forgery of fingerprints which they may come across.
(xx) The State Bureau has the option to refer to the
Central Bureau for scrutiny any case of difference of opinion arising between
two State Bureaux.
(xxi) The State Bureau may seek the help of the Central
Bureau in solving all problems relating to the science of identification from
papillary ridges.
(xxii) All correspondence with the Central Bureau will be
addressed to the Director, Central Fingerprint Bureau, No.30, Gorachand Road,
Calcutta – 14.
1860 (i)
The object of single fingerprint collection is to provide means for the rapid
identification of finger marks left at scenes of crime in cases where the
culprit is unknown.
(ii) Single fingerprint collection has been introduced in
the State Fingerprint Bureau to cover dangerous burglars, robbers and dacoits.
Procedure for the Submission of Fingerprints for the
Purpose of Record in the Single Fingerprint Collection
(iii) Immediately after the
arrest of a dangerous burglar, robber or dacoit, the Station House Officer
should take in addition to the finger impressions in Form No.214, the finger
impressions of the ten fingers of the accused on the single digit card in Form
No.229 and send it to the Bureau along with two sets of palm and footprints of
the accused, taken in Form Nos.230 and 231.
There special forms should be sent direct to the State Bureau after
disposal of the case, whether it ends in conviction or not.
(iv) The sets of palm and footprints should also contain
independently, in the respective sets at the right bottom of the form, as shown
in footprint Form No.231, and palm print Form No.230.
(v)
The finger impression forms and palm impression forms of the convict should
contain the name, parentage, residence, etc., of the convict, and invariably
the signature of the Station House Officer with the address. Care should be taken to see that the prints
are very distinct and show the whole contour of the bulb of the fingers. The fingerprints, palm and foot impressions
which are meant for record in the single fingerprint collection should
invariably be sent to the Bureau by name cover and marked as “Meant for S.D. collection”. Care should also be taken to see that the
prints are not damaged in folding the paper containing the prints.
1861 (a)
All convicted persons finger prints are classified and filed in accordance with
‘Henry system’ in which classification and filing are done taking into
consideration each finger’s pattern and ridge counting/tracing. Under this system though individual finger’s
pattern and ridge tracing/ counting are independently taken into consideration
but the classification formula is arrived at based on all 10 fingers prints
collectively.
(b) To retrieve or search finger prints recorded under
this system it is absolutely necessary to have ten finger prints taken in
specific order.
(c) At the scenes of crime one can seldom find all the
ten finger prints of the criminal.
Solitary or a few finger prints found at the scene of crime cannot be
searched on the records filed as per Henry System, to establish the identify of
the criminal if his finger prints are already on records.
(d) To overcome this laquna the ‘Battley’s System’ is devised under which each finger
print of the particular digit (finger) is classified and filed separately based
on individual pattern and characteristics found in each finger print. A disciplinable finger print found at the
scene of crime can be searched on the records filed under this system of single
digit Finger Print Recording.
(e) This system too has its own limitations and if finger
print slips of all the convicted persons are recorded under this system it may
not serve the required purpose.
Traditionally the finger prints of persons convicted for offences such
as murder, dacoity, robbery, and house break & theft are recorded under
this system. If such convicts repeat
their previous ‘Modus Operandi’ in
committing crimes, their finger print found at the scene of crime can be made
use for searching on the Single Digit Finger Print records and fixing the
identify of the criminals.
1862. (a) The units are created with the primary purpose of assisting
the local police in identifying the criminals responsible for the crimes,
through finger prints.
(b) The Police Inspector or Sub-Inspector attached to the
unit will visit the scene of crime if requisitioned by the local police under
the jurisdiction of the respective unit.
He will develop the chance prints and attend to the work of elimination,
comparison and searching of the chance prints.
At the time of examination of the scene of crime they may obtain the
finger prints (palm and sole prints also if necessary) of the inmates concerned
for speedy elimination process.
(c) The unit should possess single digit records of all
the criminals of murder, dacoity, robbery, House break and thefts, Temple
thefts or any other offences which the officer in charge of the unit feels
necessary to be recorded.
(d) The officer incharge of the unit should build up
auxiliary records of Finger Print Slips (Ten digit) of potential criminals.
(e) Augmentation of the Single Digit Records and the
Auxiliary Records should be given importance.
To achieve the goal the officer incharge of the unit may visit or depute
sub-ordinate officers to, Police Stations or the District Crime Record Bureau
under the jurisdiction of the respective unit to collect such Finger Print
Slips.
(f)
If and when Finger Tips are received by the unit from the Police Station the
officer incharge of the unit should prepare the fingerprint slips from
them. After searching on the Single
Digit Records and if it remains untraced the same F.P. Slip should be forwarded
to the Bureau for further search.
ORGANISATION OF THE UNITS:
1863. The Bureau consists of ten units situated at different
headquarters. Name of each units
headquarters and its sanctioned strength are as follows:-
1.
Bangalore city Unit:-
Police Sub-Inspector - 4
Head Constable - 2
Police Constable - 3
2.
Gulbarga
Unit, Headquarters Gulbarga.
Police Sub-Inspector - 1
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
Full time sweeper - 1
3.
Belgaum
Unit, Headquarters Belgaum.
Police Sub-Inspector - 1
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
4.
Mysore
Unit, Headquarters Mysore.
Police Sub-Inspector - 1
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
5.
Dharwad
Unit, Headquarters Dharwad.
Police Sub-Inspector - 1
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
Police Sub-Inspector - 1
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
7. Mangalore Unit,
Headquarters, Mangalore.
Police Sub-Inspector - 1
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
8. Chitradurga Unit,
Headquarters Davangere.
Police Sub-Inspector - NIL
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
9. Bellary Unit,
Headquarters Bellary.
Police Sub-Inspector - NIL
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
10. Bijapur Unit,
Headquarters Bijapur.
Police Sub-Inspector - NIL
Head Constable - 1
Police Constable - 2
JURISDICTION OF THE UNITS
1864. As a step to
cater to the needs of other district police the units are provided
jurisdictions purely on the basis of administrative convenience and
geographical nearness over the districts in addition to the district where the
units are functioning as shown below.
|
1 |
Bangalore city Unit |
Bangalore city only. |
|
2 |
Gulbarga Unit |
Gulbarga and Bidar |
|
3 |
Belgaum Unit |
Belgaum only. |
|
4 |
Mysore Unit |
Mysore and Mandya. |
|
5 |
Dharwad Unit |
Dharwad only. |
|
6 |
Shimoga Unit |
Shimoga, Chickmagalore and
Hassan. |
|
7 |
Mangalore Unit |
Dakshina Kannada, Kodagu
and Uttar Kannada. |
|
8 |
Chitradurga Unit |
Chitradurga and Tumkur. |
|
9 |
Bellary Unit |
Bellary and Raichur. |
|
10 |
Bijapur Unit |
Bijapur only. |
A
new unit is established for administrative convenience with its headquarters in
the Bureau with a staff of one PI and one PSI to cover Bangalore Rural
District, Kolar and K.G.F. which functions on the lines of the other units.
Railway
Police may requisition the services of the unit which is located at the nearest
place.
REGISTERS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE UNITS:
1865. These
registers and forms are described in Police Manual Vol III and they
include.
1.
Finger
Print Objection Memorandum in form No.221.
2.
Finger
Print Objection Register in form No. 228.
3.
Single
Digit Finger Print card in form No. 229.
4.
Palm
Print form in No.230.
5.
Foot
print form in 231.
6.
Certificate
of latent finger print examination in form No.234 (ii)
7.
Register
of Finger Print slips received for record in the Bureau in Form No. 237.
8.
Register
of requisitions and materials received in Form No.239.
9.
Superior
officers visiting book.
10.
Nominal
Index Register.
PROCEDURE FOR SENDING RECORD SLIPS
1866. (a)
All the Finger Print Record Slips after conviction and after the expiry of
appeal period or in the case of appeal not being preferred, immediately, should
be sent to the respective District Crime Record Bureau alongwith the conviction
memo in Form No.217 and Search slip in form No. 215. All the enclosures should duly be filled in with the required
particulars.
(b)
The District Crime Record Bureau will forward the record slips alongwith all
its enclosures with the acknowledgement slip in Form No.220 to the Single Digit Finger Print Unit under whose
jurisdiction the district comes after making entries in the register in form
No.218.
(c)
The officer incharge of the Unit should scrutinise such record slips received
from the District Crime Record Bureau.
If the record slips are
defective for want of clear prints or incomplete particulars or if prints are
not taken in proper order or in the prescribed form or if in sufficient numbers
of records slips are sent, they should
be returned to the concerned DCRB with objection memorandum in form No.221.
(d)
Receipt and disposal of the record slips should be entered in the register in
form No. 237 by the Unit.
(e)
The Unit after the completion of the scrutiny will retain one record slip in
the unit and submit the other record slips with all enclosures received from
the DCRB to the Bureau. One of the such
record slips submitted in each crime should be classified by the officer
incharge of the unit.
(f)
The Bureau after assigning serial number and classification number will return
the acknowledgement forms and the conviction memos filled in with Bureau Serial
number and classification number to the unit from which they are received.
(g)
The unit should make entries of Bureau serial number and the classification of
all record slips in the concerned register as well as on the respective record
slip retained. Then the conviction memo
alongwith the acknowledgement form should be returned to the DCRB from
where they are received.
1867 (i) The Station House Officer of each Police Station should
submit a statement in Form No.232 to the Superintendent of the district by 5th
of each month.
(ii) The District Crime Record Bureau should scrutinise
the statements received from the Police Stations and send a consolidated statement
in Form No.233 to the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, by 10th of each
month.
(iii) The Fingerprint Bureau should scrutinise the
statement received from the districts.
(iv) The IGP Technical Services will issue a monthly
review of the activities of the State Fingerprint Bureau with copies to all
Superintendents.
* * * * *
CHAPTER XLIX
RAILWAY
POLICE
Status
1868. The Railway Police is a branch of the general
police force and is subject to all
Police Orders of general application. The Deputy Inspector General, Railways, has the same position with
regard to the Railway Police as the Range Police Officers has to the District
Police. The work of DIG (Railways) is
suspervised by the Additional Director General (Law & Order)
General
1869. The
primary duty of the Railway Police is the preservation of law and order and
prevention and detection of crime in
respect of the property and premises belonging to the Railway Department.
Officer to take Command of Police
1870. When
the Railway Police and the District Police are on duty together on a railway,
as defined in Section 3 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890), the
senior Police Officer present, whether belonging to the Railway Police or to
the District Police, will take command of all the police present. If, however, any doubt arises about the
relative seniority of the Railway and the District Police Officer, then the
Officer of the Railway Police having jurisdiction will take command.
Definition of Railway Limits and the Limits of a Station Yard
1871. ‘Railway limits’ may be defined as
the area owned or legally occupied by a Railway Administration for purposes of
the rail-road and the carriage of goods and passengers, and covers every place or building used for those
purpose. A road over or under a railway
is not usually railway property and, unless it is so, the police duties arising
on it are generally to be discharged by the District Police.
1872. The expression ‘limits of a station yard’ means all traffic lines
and premises included in railway limits within the distant signals.
1873. Should any doubt arise as to the precise limits of a railway or
station yard, the question should be settled by the Deputy Inspector General of
Police, Railways, the Superintendent of the district concerned and, in
Bangalore, the Commissioner, under the
orders of the Director General of Police.
1874. As a general working rule, it may be taken, unless in the circumstances of any particular case there
is something repugnant to it, that in
the districts, the Railway Police exercise
jurisdiction over all lands and
buildings defined in Section 3 (4) (a) of the Indian Railways Act, 1890, unless
the latter are so grouped or situated outside the station yard as the expression
is generally understood, as to make it advisable, for better
supervision, to combine them with the land in the District Police jurisdiction.
Organisation of the Railway Police Station
1875. The Railway Police is
divided into two sections:-
(1) The
Travelling and Detective Staff.
(2) The Platform
Staff.
Organisation of Railway Police District
1876. (a)
The Railway Police District,
covering the limits referred to in
Order 1871, is in charge of a Superintendent designated as
Superintendent of Police, Railways, with the assistance of one or more
Assistant or Deputy Superintendents as may be sanctioned from time to
time. The district is divided into
Inspector’s Circles which are subdivided
into station jurisdictions.
Railway outposts may also be constituted where necessary for the
prevention and reporting of crime and will be in-charge of a Head Constable
with a posse of Constables under him.
(b) Inspectors of Police:
Generally the Inspectors of Police are incharge of Circles and a few Inspectors
are kept incharge of the Railway Police Stations also as SHO. These Inspectors will do the duty enumerated
for the SHOs.
Circle
Inspectors
1877. (i)
The duties of Circle Inspectors in the Railway Police are similar to
those of Circle Inspectors in the District Police. In particular, it is their duty to know and frequently visit and
maintain satisfactory relations with the Railway Officials, especially the
District Officers. They must also take
steps to secure co-operation with the District Police, local Magistrates and
superior Police Officers connected with their circles and keeping in close
touch with the District Police Inspectors.
They should attend the meetings of District Police Inspectors held by
the SPs and Range Inspectors General.
(ii) The Railway Circle Inspectors should also
hold periodical border meetings at least once a quarter with border Railway
Circle Inspectors both in the State and
in the neighbouring States.
(iii) They will
proceed forthwith to the scene of any serious crime or accident and take
necessary steps.
Sub-Inspectors/Police
Inspectors
1878.
(i) Railway Police Station is
in-charge of a Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector.
The position and duties of the Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector correspond
to those of Sub-Inspectors/Police Inspector SHOs of the District Police. He is responsible for the efficient working
of the Railway Police Station and is
the Investigating Officer.
(ii) He should
acquire local knowledge not only of the employees of the railway, but also of
the criminals residing in the vicinity of his Railway Police Station limits.
(iii) He should attend the railway platform at the
time of the arrival or departure of mail trains or other important trains. This should be done not only at his headquarters but also at the places of his
halt.
(iv) He should meet once a month Sub-Inspectors
in-charge of local District Police Stations in whose jurisdiction railway line
passes.
(v) He should, when required, also attend
meetings held by the Circle Inspector/SDPO as the case may be of the District
Police in whose jurisdiction the railway line
passes.
Assistant
Sub-Inspectors
1879. They are provided in important Railway
Police Stations and will work under the
orders of the Sub-Inspector/Police
Inspector and supervise the work of Head Constables and Constables, as
directed.
Platform
Head Constable
1880. The Platform Head Constable has control
of the platform staff. He should not
leave the neighborhood of the Railway Station without orders. His duty
should be arranged so as to enable him to have three nights off-duty in
the week. In his absence, another Head Constable or a Constable should
invariably be deputed to act. He is
responsible for telegraphing any important occurrences to the Sub-Inspector/Police
Inspector during his absence, unless this is done by the Station Writer. He should be present at the time of arrival
and departure of all trains, as far as possible.
Wayside
Railway Stations - In-Charge Constable
1881. At
Railway Stations where two or more constables are employed and to which no Head
Constable is allotted, a senior constable should be appointed to be in-charge,
who should perform the duties of platform
Head Constable.
Duties of Platform
Staff
1882. (1)
The Chief duties of the platform staff are :
(i) the
maintenance of order at the Railway Station, and
(ii) watching of
suspicious characters when trains with passengers are halting.
(2) Where a sufficient platform staff exists,
the platform should be divided by the Circle Inspector into sectors which will
be numbered. The staff will be posted to those sectors and their numbers
entered against them in the Duty Roster
(Form no. 240). They should move
about within the limits of their posts.
A plan should be hung up in the Police Station showing the limits of
each sector and on this will be specified which sector should be filled at the
arrival of each train. The hours of
duty will be fixed by the Inspector with reference to train timings.
(3) At Railway
Police Outposts, a Duty Roster in Form
No. 241 will be maintained.
Railway
Stations with Two Constables
1883. At
Railway Stations where two constables are employed, one will stand near the
gate and observe the passengers going out, while the other on the platform
where the rear brake van will halt and after the arrival of the train, should
move slowly up and down looking into carriages. He should also have an eye to the off-side of the train, crossing
the line behind the rear brake van and looking along the train, to prevent
passengers from alighting that side.
Beats
of the Travelling Staff
1884.
(1) A travelling constable’s
beat consists of the train by which he travels from his station over a
prescribed length of line and the train by which he returns to his
station. The serial numbers of the
trains which form a beat should be entered in the Duty Roster.
(2) Beat constables should report themselves at the Railway Police Station and
Outposts enroute and at the termination of their beats. In all the Railway Police Stations and
Outposts, there will be a point book and the beat constables should sign in
this book after their reporting at the
station or outpost noting therein the train number, the date and also their
numbers.
(3) Beat Constables on trains
proceeding beyond the State to the other States will be relieved at the points
indicated by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways, in consultation
with his counter-parts of the neighbouring States.
ORGANISATION OF TRAIN BEATS AND STATION PATROLS
1885. (1) There
are certain obvious handicaps
and difficulties in the detection of railway offences. Offences committed in trains are, as a rule,
discovered by victims many miles from the place of their occurrence and the
investigator, too, has generally no means of ascertaining the exact scene. Furthermore, Railway Police Officers, whose
jurisdictions are confined to railway premises, have often to carry on
investigations in places where their local knowledge is limited and their local
influence negligible. This explains why
practically all offences detected in the Railway Police districts are those in
which culprits are caught red-handed.
(2) It
should, therefore, be plain that the only effective way of combating crime on railways
is by preventive methods such as efficient beats and patrols, aimed, on the one
hand, at deterring criminals from operating in trains and railway station
premises and at enhancing, on the other, the probability of their being caught
red-handed in the event of their committing crime.
(3) Train beats and station patrols should be
organized with due regard to crime position in each Railway Police
Station. It is the responsibility of
the Circle Inspector during his monthly visits to stations to see that beats
are well organized. The
Superintendent of Police, Railways,
must pay particular attention to see
that train beats are organised in a systematic manner, served regularly
and checked frequently. In this
connection, the following instructions are given for the benefit of officers.
(4) The bulk of
the crime on railways consists of :-
(a) theft in
running passenger trains ;
(b) theft on
platforms, in passengers’ waiting rooms and stationary trains ;
(c) theft on
running goods trains ;
(d) theft from
goods sheds and stationary wagons ; and
(e) theft of railway materials.
(5) Thefts in
running passenger trains are generally committed by persons who board the train
at one station and escape at another, having committed one or more thefts in
between. Such offences are mostly
committed at night. If constables on
platform and train beat duties are alert, it should not be difficult to prevent
and detect such offences, particularly by old offenders known to the
police. It is the primary duty of
the constables on beat duty to keep a
keen look-out for suspicious strangers and known registered criminals visiting
railway stations and travelling by trains.
It is, of course, important that beat constables should be able to
identify by sight all old offenders addicted to railway offences. When they come across old offenders or
suspicious strangers in trains or station premises, they should interrogate
them as to the purpose of their journey or visits, as the case may be, and if
they are not able to give satisfactory account of their movements or articles
in their possession, they should be arrested under Section 41 of the Code of
Criminal Procedure, and sent up for remand.
This will help to combat thefts not only in running trains but also on
platform and in passengers waiting rooms and stationary trains.
(6) In order to
prevent thefts on platforms, in passengers’ waiting rooms and stationary
trains, there should be beats covering station premises for about half an hour
before the arrival and half an hour
after the departure of every passenger train.
At stations where there are night or early morning trains, there should
be patrols throughout the night, as passengers may come to the station in the
early hours of the night and sleep there.
It is not, however, the intention that there should be a beat in every
station. Thefts in passenger sheds,
stationary trains and on platforms generally occur only at certain important
stations. A study of the past crime
will show which are the stations that require platform and passengers waiting
room beats. Platform beats should not
be served throughout the day and night as a general rule, as this obviously
involves avoidable waste of man-power.
(7) The only
effective method of preventing thefts from running goods trains is by the
provision of armed guards to goods trains at night in sectors where such
offences are common. But, the provision
of armed guards on such trains is the responsibility of the Railway Protection
Force, and the Railway Police will undertake this work only under exceptional
circumstances.
(8) Thefts from
goods sheds and stationary wagons can be prevented by efficient police
patrols. At important stations where
there will be wagons stabled in large numbers, there should be such patrols
throughout the day and night. But, in
other places, constables on platform duty should be able to look after goods
sheds and stationary wagons also.
(9) Police should
maintain a general vigilance in regard to railway materials. But, if train, yard and platform beats are
efficiently performed, thefts of railway materials can be automatically
controlled.
Travelling Staff
1886. (1)
Police constables should be detailed for travelling duty by rotation and
kept on beat duty for a month at a
time. The travelling staff should be
kept up to strength even at the expense, if necessary, of the platform
staff. Transfers from and posting to
the travelling staff will be made by the Superintendent of Police, Railways.
(2) Police
constables of the travelling staff, as a rule are to be exempt from travelling
every third day, when they will perform platform duty, if not otherwise
detailed.
Duties of Beat Constables
1887. (a)
Beat constables should always wear uniform. At every station, they should meet the Station Master and ask
whether he wishes to make any report or complaint and obtain his initials in
the beat book. When time admits, they
will walk from end to end of the train making observations. At important specified stations where
there are point books, the beat constables should sign in the point
books noting therein the train number, the date and also their metal numbers
and police station. They should also
note in their beat books (Form No. 242) the page number and line number of the
point book where they have signed. On
returning from the beat, they will return the beat books to the
officer-in-charge of the station.
(b) As an additional precaution, the railway
train guard should be required to inform the travelling beat constables by
writing in his beat book the train number, date and number of each carriage in
which accommodation is reserved for women only, particularly when women
passengers travel alone. The beat
constables should obtain signature or
initials of the train guard for this
entry. The beat constable will be
required to search the off-sides and the underneath of the compartments and to
maintain a watch at each stopping place particularly at the time of the
departure of the train to ensure that no one is travelling on foot boards or
couplings. Whether these duties would
require an increase in strength will be determined by the circumstances then
existing. Both the train guard and the
travelling beat constable should be
held responsible for carrying out this order.
Mufti
Constables
(c) In addition to beat constables, constables
in mufti may be employed to travel by
train on detective duty, such as shadowing suspects.
Watch and Ward
1888. The Railway Police are not responsible for
watch and ward duties but they should patrol station yards and goods sheds when
criminals are suspected to be operating, and there is reason to believe that
unreported thefts are being committed.
PROCEDURE
TELEGRAPHIC
REPORTS
1889. (1)
All cognizable cases, serious losses of property, all offences falling
under Section 126 of the Indian
Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890), and other important occurrences reported
at the outside railway stations should
be communicated at once to the Station House
Officers of the concerned Railway Police Stations and also to the
nearest District Police Station and to the Superintendent of Police, Railways,
by the senior member of the platform staff or the beat constable. The descriptive particulars of the property
should also be communicated to all railway police stations on the line and
connecting lines.
(2) When the Station House Officer is absent from his
headquarters, all reports of the above nature received in the station should be
telegraphed to him.
(3) (a) Station House Officers should telegraph serious cases and occurrences to the
Circle Inspector/ Sub-Divisional Police Officer and the Superintendent of
Police, Railways. Likewise, the Circle
Inspector should communicate to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer and to the
Superintendent of Police, Railways, of any information, which he considers
should be reported.
(b) All grave
crimes and offences under Sections 126, 127, 128 and 129 of the Indian Railways
Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890) and strikes or attempted strikes of railway
employees should also be communicated to the District Magistrate concerned,
followed by an express report..
(c) As regards
offences under Section 128 of the Railways Act, they may be treated as minor
acts and no report need be sent.
However, offences under Sections 127 and 128 of the Railways Act
committed by any political party or in an organised manner with a motive to
wreck the train and thus cause damage or hurt to a train or person should be
reported to the Director General and
ADG (L&O) immediately by wireless,
followed by detailed reports, in addition to reports being sent to officers
shown in (a) above.
(5) For communication apart from telephones, telegrams
also could be used. Telegrams
concerning Railway cases should be sent on railway service and other telegrams
as State messages. Where there is a
Police Wireless Station report should be sent by wireless and not by telegrams.
Entering upon Investigation
1890. The Railway Police are bound to investigate all crimes and occurrences which
the police are required by the Criminal Procedure Code to investigate.
Personal Investigation by Superior Police Officer
1891. (1)
The superior officer should at once proceed to the scene
of occurrence and conduct the investigation on receiving the report of any case coming under Section
126 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890
(Act IX of 1890), which involves danger
to human life.
(2) He should
also send a copy of the report of his investigation to the District
Magistrate concerned.
(3) Such cases
must be very thoroughly investigated with the co-operation of the district
police.
Telegraphic Complaints by Railway Officials
1892. In the matter of complaints or
information reported by railway officials by telegram, the telegram should be
confirmed by a further report in writing.
Complaints by Railway Officials
1893. On receipt of a report from a railway
official which appears to show that
cognizable offence has been committed, the Station House Officer will at once
send a First Information Report and proceed to make an investigation according
to the Criminal Procedure Code.
Shortages and Lost Property
1894. (1)
The police should not register information of shortages or of the
loss or missing of property as crimes,
or proceed to make an investigation according to the Criminal Procedure Code upon such information, unless
there is reasonable suspicion that a cognizable offence has been committed in
connection with the loss of the articles.
They should, however, register such information in the Station House
Diary and take whatever steps they can,
to trace the missing articles.
(2) In order to
ensure that proper steps have been taken to trace missing articles, a register
in Form No. 243 will be maintained in Railway Police Stations, entries being
made immediately on receipt of the information about the loss or shortage. In column No. 9 of this register, a
reference to the Station House Diary page number should be given.
(a) Separate
entries, either in separate registers or in different parts of a common
register, will be made for -
(i) shortage or
loss of goods or parcels ;
(ii) shortage or
loss of railway materials ;
(iii) loss of
property of passengers.
(b) Entries under
item 4 will clearly distinguish whether the shortage or loss occurred in a
stationary wagon, a wagon in transit or from a transhipment shed or
platform. When making entries in the
register, care should be taken to note in column 10 whether a report against
any railway official was sent to the railway authorities and the action taken
by them thereon.
(c) Station House
Officer can himself dispose of any case of shortage or loss amounting to a maximum of Rs. 25. The orders of the Circle Inspector should be
obtained where the value exceeds Rs. 25 but is
within Rs. 50. In other cases,
the orders of the superior Police Officer should be obtained.
(d) Particular
attention will be paid by inspecting officers to the action taken and enquiries
made by the Station House Officer in regard to such shortages and losses.
(e) The register
will also include reports which the Station House Officer transfers to another
jurisdiction. He should state his
reason for such action and this should be ratified by his Circle Inspector.
Nuisances
1895. All nuisances committed within the railway
limits must be dealt with by the Railway Police.
Petty
Thefts
1896. (1)
Care must be exercised in the matter of refusing to investigate petty
thefts on the ground of the small value of the articles stolen. The theft of an important piece of
mechanism, though of small intrinsic value, may amount to a grave offence under
the Railways Act.
Custody
of Prisoners
1897. At Railway Police Stations where there is no lock-up, prisoners who are not
immediately sent for remand, should be sent to the nearest District or City
Police Station for custody. The
hour at which a prisoner is thus sent
should be entered in the search register.
The guards for the Railway Police prisoners in District Police Station
lock-up will be provided by the District Police.
Copy
of Inquest Report to be sent to Railway Officials
1898. In cases of death (whether by railway
accident or otherwise), within railway
limits, in which an investigation is held under Section 174 of the Criminal
Procedure Code, an extract of the investigation reports in Form Nos. 244, 245
and 246, will be forwarded to the District Engineer, in all cases, and the
District Traffic Superintendent also, in cases occurring within the limits of a
railway station. In the event of the
investigation having been held by the
District Police, a copy of the report will be obtained from them and forwarded
to the railway officials concerned.
Disposal of Bodies
1899. The Railway Police should take steps to hand over the body of any
person who has been killed or has died within railway limits to the relatives
or failing them, to any friend of the deceased, or, if for any reason, that is
not possible, to the member of any society or institution willing to perform
the last rites for such person ; and if none of these agencies undertake the
task, the Railway Police should be responsible for the burial or cremation in a
proper manner and in accordance with the nationality and religion of the
deceased, the cost being defrayed by the Superintendent of Police, Railways,
from his contingent charges.
Prosecution
1900. Prosecution of railway cases will be
conducted by the Assistant Public Prosecutors and Public Prosecutors of the
districts except where a Prosecutor is
specifically appointed for the Railway Police.
Serving
of Summons
1901. Where witnesses in Railway Police cases
reside outside the limits of the Railway Police Station, arrangements should be
made to have the summons served through the concerned Police Station in whose
limits the witnesses reside.
Station Crime History
1902. To facilitate the study of crime and
criminals of the Railway Police, the following parts of the Crime History will
be maintained in all Railway Police Stations.
It is a confidential record-
Part II - Crime- Occurrence
and classification Register.
Part IV- General Information
Part V - General Conviction Register
Part VI- History Sheet.
Part VII-Station Crime
Chart.
The other parts of the crime history maintained in the
district police stations need not be maintained in the Railway Police Stations.
Part
II-Crime, Occurrence and Classification Register
1903. (1)
In Part II (Form No. 91) should be entered chronologically all true
crimes and attempts under the following classes, additional classes being
included only with the sanction of the
Deputy Inspector-General, Railways.
Thefts
(A) Thefts of
Passenger’s Belongings
(i) in
running trains ;
(ii) on platforms, in waiting halls or rooms
and stationary trains ;
and
(iii)
other thefts.
(B) Thefts of Railway Property (including that consigned
to Railways as bailees)
(i) from running trains;
(a) from goods trains ;
(b) from parcel trains or brake vans of passenger trains ;
(ii) from goods sheds ;
(iii) from parcel offices and
platforms ;
(iv)
from yards ;
(v) other thefts.
(1) Thefts of Railway
Property
(i) from stores
and shops, including carriages, wagons and loco shops and workshops
(where they are within the jurisdiction of the Railway Police).
(ii) fittings including electric fittings from
carriages and wagons.
(iii) fittings from locomotives (engines), and
thefts from locosheds.
(iv) coal thefts
(v) other thefts.
(2) Burglaries.
(3) Robberies
(a) of passengers’ belongings.
(b) of railway property including goods
consigned to them.
(4) Dacoities
(a) of passengers’ belongings.
(b) of railway property including goods
consigned to them.
(5) Cheating
(a)
of passengers.
(b)
of railways.
(6) Criminal
Misappropriation and Criminal Breach of Trust
(a)
of railway property including property consigned to railway as bailees.
(b) of passengers belongings.
(7) Possession
of Stolen Property
(a)
Railway property including unlawful possession thereof punishable
under the Railway Stores (Unlawful Possession ) Act, 1955.
(b)
Goods consigned to railways.
(c)
Passengers belongings.
(8) Counterfeiting
or Uttering of Currency (paper and metal)
(9) Murders
including Culpable Homicide.
(a)
for gain
(b) others.
(10)
Administering of Stupefying Drugs.
(11) Assault on
Public Servants.
(12) Sabotage
which includes removal of fish-plates, using of explosives, etc.
(13) Mischief
(14)
Miscellaneous
(a) other offences against person
(b) other
offences against property
GENERAL
(1) At the close of each year, the Circle
Inspector should enter an analytical review of the station crime and formulate
a programme for prevention and detection during the ensuing year.
(2) A Crime
Register in Form No. 20 will be maintained in every Railway Police
Station. This also serves as an index to the F.I.Rs. The name of the railway on which the crime has
occurred should be noted as an additional item in column 2 of the Crime
Register (Form No. 20).
Part IV-General Information
(Form No. 247)
1904. (1)
The Station Crime History, Part IV, will contain general
information. It will be kept in loose
sheet forms, with appropriate headings, as detailed below :
(a) Extent of
station jurisdiction, quoting actual mileage and a list of railway stations in
the jurisdiction giving actual mileage and code name of each station.
(b) Plan of the
railway line in the station
jurisdiction showing railway stations and important bridges with mileage’s in each case.
(c) Local Police
Station and district in which each
railway station lies.
(d) A list of all
bus routes in the jurisdiction of local police station in whose limits the
railway line passes.
(e) Magistrates
(both executive and judicial) within the jurisdiction, noting against each, his
headquarters and his jurisdiction as far as the Railway Police are concerned.
(f) A list of
receivers of stolen property living not only within the jurisdiction of Railway
Police Station limits but also living within the local district limits in whose
jurisdiction the railway line passes.
(g) A list of
jatras and festivals, their probable date and duration, and the strength required for each and any
special precautions necessary. the list
should not only include jatras and festivals within the jurisdiction of Railway
Police Station but also those of the local district limits in whose
jurisdiction the railway line passes.
(h) A list of
weekly markets, commodities sold, nearest railway station and the average
number of passengers alighting there.
The list of weekly markets should not only include those within the
limits of Railway Police Stations but also those within the local district
police limits in whose jurisdiction the railway line passes.
(I) A note on the Railway Protection Force Staff.
(j) Notes on
important disputes which may cause interference with the running of the
railway. These should include all
labour disputes and a special note on any friction or dispute among the
subordinates of the railway.
(k) A list of
ex-convicts containing the names of all railway criminals residing within five miles
radius of the Railway Police Station jurisdiction will also be maintained by
every Railway Police Station.
(l) A list of
dismissed railway employees and members of political parties and criminal gangs
likely to indulge in acts of sabotage.
(2) This register
should in fact contain a summary of such information as will be useful to a new
Sub-Inspector taking over charge of the
station.
(3) Information pertaining to the districts and
required for the maintenance of this record should be obtained from the Station
House Officers of the local Police Stations of the districts in which the
railway line passes.
(4) All
entries in this record should be
edited, signed and dated by the Circle Inspector. Only the station copy of the record is to be maintained. The Circle Inspector will not maintain a
copy with his circle records but will summarise all important points in his
Circle Information Book.
Part
V-General Conviction Register
1905. Part V-General Conviction Register will
be maintained in Form No. 248, and will be for the entire Railway Police
Station. The names of all the persons
convicted for the offences detailed in Order 1903, should be entered. The instructions given in Order 1043 for the
maintenance of the General Conviction Register will also apply to Railway
Police General Conviction Register.
Part
VI-History Sheets
1906. (1)
Part VI-will contain (in Form No.97) the history sheets of persons
resident, whether permanently or temporarily in the station local area who are
known or believed to be addicted to or to aid or abet, the commission of crime
on the railway, whether convicted or not, or who are believed to be habitual
receivers of property stolen in offences committed on the railway.
(2) (a) (i) The
Railway Crime Record Bureau will maintain history sheets of selected criminals
of special importance who operate over an extended area. These persons will be known as railway
criminals. Superintendent of Police,
Railways, will decide what persons
should be registered as railway criminals.
(ii) The
instructions regarding reporting the activities and movements of district
criminals apply equally to railway
criminals. The Station House Officer is responsible for
reporting to the Railway Crime Record Bureau, particulars of arrest,
conviction, release from jail, passing out of view, conduct, movements, etc.,
or any other information likely to be of use or general interest, in respect of
every railway criminal for whom a history sheet is maintained in his station
and in respect of any railway criminal about whom he may obtain information on
the points specified.
(b) For a
criminal, who has a history sheet in a Railway Police Station, a history sheet
will also be maintained in the local police station in the jurisdiction of
which he resides. These sheets will be
marked with a red ‘R’ and below it, the name of the Railway Police Station and
history sheet No., e.g., R/Mysore-11 will be marked. The Railway Police Station history sheet will be marked similarly
with letter ‘L’, e.g., L/Mysore-15.
Local and Railway Police Station House
Officers will report to each other, information of arrest, conviction,
etc., and all matters of interest in respect of such persons.
(c) History
Sheets Numbering-History sheets will be numbered serially in each Railway
Police Station and the following indices will be maintained.
(i) Index to
history sheets-Serial order in Form No. 98.
(ii) Index to
history sheets-Alphabetical order in Form
No.99.
(d) A check
register of all persons having history sheets in the station will be maintained
in Form No. 105 as per Order 1078.
These persons will be checked, whenever practicable by the Railway
Police. When this is not practicable,
the local police should be referred to
for particulars of the activities of such persons.
(3) Instructions
about opening, maintenance and closure of history sheets, as contained in Order
1055 will also apply to history sheets of the Railway Police.
Index
1907. (1)
The following indices will be maintained :
(i) An
alphabetical loose-leaf Crime Classification Index to Part II and Part
V-General Conviction Register as per
list specified in Order 1050 in Form No. 249.
(ii) An
alphabetical index of persons entered in Part V-General Conviction Register.
(2) A check
register of persons entered in Part V-General Conviction Register should be
maintained in Form No.250, village-war, villages being arranged alphabetically.
Maintenance of Particulars
by the Railway Police Stations of History Sheets Opened in the District Police.
1908. (1)
As soon as a history sheet is opened in a police station of a district,
the descriptive particulars of such a person will be communicated in Form No.
251 to the nearest Station House Officer of the Railway Police Station.
(2) Any important
information such as going out of view, death, change of residence of such
history-sheeted person including closure of history sheets should be promptly communicated to the Railway Police
Station.
(3) A register
in Form No.252 will be opened in the
Railway Police Station to watch the movements of such history-sheeted persons
and communication of any information of interest to the concerned Station House
Officer of the local District Police Station.
Part
VII-Station Crime Charts
1909. A crime chart will be maintained in
every Railway Police Station in the same way as in District Police
Stations. The modus operandi
classification of crime will be charted by figures and letters as shown in
Order 1903. For example, a case of theft
of passenger’s belongings in a running train on 05.09.1964 will be shown as 1 (A) (I) /5/9 on the crime chart for
1964 at the place where it has
occurred.
Co-operation with the District Police
1910. (1)
There should be the closest co-operation between the District and
Railway Police.
(2) The Railway
Police should be in a position to afford the greatest assistance to the
District Police in arresting offenders who are
trying to escape and in noting
the movements of criminals.
(3) In matters of
placing obstructions on the line, tearing up rails, throwing stones at trains
and the like, the help of the District
Police should be promptly sought.
(4) In the event
of crime being committed in the limits of the District Police, but in the close
neighbourhood of the railway, the Railway Police should take any legal action
pending the arrival of the District Police.
(5) (a) (i) The
Director General may require the District Police to take over the entire responsibility for the investigation of a
grave crime such as murder or dacoity, the circumstances of which are of a
local nature quite unconnected with the railway even though the case occurred
within the jurisdiction of the Railway Police.
(ii) In the event
of a strike on the railway, the Railway Police investigating staff will deal
with the ordinary offences of normal times while the staff of the District
Police, which will be reinforced, will investigate all the offences
arising out of the strike except those considered by the Director General as sufficiently grave to be taken up by the
Criminal Investigation Department.
Such cases should be supervised by the superior officers
of the District Police, but will be registered and the investigation recorded
at the Railway Police Station having jurisdiction.
(b) Whenever a
case is reported to the Railway Police for which other than railway criminals
are suspected to be responsible, information about the occurrence will be sent
at once by wireless or telegram or telephone to the District Police Station
House Officer by the officer-in-charge of the Railway police Station. If it is not possible to send a wireless or
telegram or telephone message, a crime report will be sent expeditiously.
(6) Whenever a
Circle Inspector of the District Police finds himself in the same place as the
Superintendent of Police, Railways, he should visit that officer and similarly
Inspectors of the Railway Police should frequently visit superior officers of
the District Police.
(7) When an offence committed
within Railway Police Jurisdiction is reported to a District Police Station of
the railway line, the latter should forthwith inform the Railway Police
Station to be followed up by a First Information Report transferring the case. If the case is reported to a District Police
Station on the railway line, the First
Information Report transferring the case to the Railway Police Station with
jurisdiction should be sent forthwith.
In either of the above cases, the Station House Officer
to whom the case is first reported will at once take up the investigation and
proceed until the jurisdiction Station House Officer arrives on the spot
and takes up further investigation.
CO-ORDINATION BETWEEN CIVIL POLICE, G.R.P. AND
R.P.F. AS PER THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE RAILWAY REFORMS COMMITTEE ON GOVT.
RAILWAY POLICE AND AS PER M.H.A. SECRET LETTER NO.24013/27/GPA VI DATED 21-1-87
1911. (8) (a) Officer
incharge of G.R.P. Police Station shall invariably hold regular monthly
meetings with the officer I/c of R.P.F. Posts in his jurisdiction to review
crime situation and to exchange information for the better control, prevention
and detection of crime and also for maintenance of law and order on railway
trains and premises.
(b) Similarly S.D.P.O./G.R.P. will hold co-ordination
meetings with the concerned Asst. Commandant/R.P.F. once in 2 months and submit
the minutes to the superior officers of the G.R.P. and R.P.F.
(c) Superintendent of Railway Police shall hold
co-ordination meetings with the District Superintendent of Police and the
Commandant, R.P.F. once in every quarter of ensuring better co-ordination and
co-operation between the G.R.P., Civil Police and the R.P.F. Such meetings will also be a forum for
exchange of information and intelligence pertaining to crime and other matters
related to the maintenance of law and order on railways including conducting of
joint checks and special drives against miscreants and anti-social elements
affecting the smooth functioning of railways and security of passengers. The difficulties experienced by their
respective staff shall also be discussed and sorted out at those meetings. Minutes of these co-ordinating meetings
shall be sent to Deputy Inspector General, Railways and Deputy Inspector General/Addl.Inspector General, RPF and
Range Deputy Inspector General of Police/Range IGPs.
(d) Deputy Inspector General, Railway Police will hold
co-ordination meeting with the DIG/Addl.I.G., RPF at-least once in 6 months for
better co-operation and co-ordination between G.R.P. and R.P.F. They will review the law and order situation
of the area and take steps to improve the position. They will also review the proceedings/minutes of the co-ordination
meetings of the S.R.P., District Superintendent of Police and the Commandant R.P.F.
(e) Where there is differences of opinion between the
State police including Government Railway Police and R.P.F. the immediate
superior officer of the Railway Police will convene a meeting with his
counterpart of the RPF without loss of time and sort out the differences.
(f) In case of breach of peace or law and order situation
taking place on the railway premises and also where smooth movement of railway
traffic is seriously affected, the officer incharge of the concerned G.R.P. posts,
on receipt of such information from the railway authorities shall immediately
take appropriate action to control the situation. On such occasion the official I/c of R.P.F. post shall on
requisition by the police officer concerned, render all possible assistance to
the police.
Special Detective Parties
1912. (a)
In the event of occurrence of serious crime on the Railways, Special
Detective Parties of selected Police Officers, both from the Railway Police and
local District Police, should be formed jointly by the Superintendent of
Police, Railways, and the Superintendent or Superintendents of the concerned
District Police.
(b) When a cognizable crime outside his limits
is reported to a Station House Officer of a Railway Police Station, he should register and transfer it to the
local police and also take up its investigation pending the arrival of the
local police.
Procedure
in Cases of Thefts of Materials from Railway Track
1913 (1)
As soon as a theft takes place from the railway track or premises,
immediate intimation will be sent by the railway authorities not only to the
Railway Police Station having jurisdiction but also to the local District Police.
This is necessary because very often such thefts occur at considerable
distances from the Railway Police
Station and it is necessary that immediate local enquiries should be
made in the area, pending the arrival of the Railway Police Sub-Inspector on
the scene.
(2) The Railway Police will register and investigate
such cases and will be wholly responsible for all further action in the matter.
(3) The local
District Police Station House Officer, on receipt of the intimation from the
railway authorities, will enter it in his Station House Diary and will cause local
enquiries to be made in his jurisdiction regarding the possible culprits and
the disposal of the property. He will
also render the Railway Police such
assistance as may be necessary from time to time in the investigation of the
case.
(4) Thefts of
materials in railway station yards and goods yards will be reported to the
Railway Police Station having jurisdiction.
The Railway Police can always call on the local police for such
assistance as may be necessary, from time to time, in respect of these cases.
(5) A complaint
of theft or loss may be accepted for registration and investigation at the
first Railway Police Station at which a theft on a running train or from railway
premises is reported and then if the scene of offence is definitely located to
be under the jurisdiction of some other Police Station, the case may be
transferred promptly to that Police Station.
Otherwise, the Police Station at which the case is first registered
should pursue the case to its end.
Steps
to Minimize Thefts on the Railways
1914. (1) The bulk of the crime on railways
consists of (a) thefts in running passenger trains, (b) thefts on platforms, in
passenger sheds and stationary trains, (c) thefts on running goods trains, (d)
thefts from goods sheds and stationary wagons, and (e) thefts of railway
materials. In all these classes of
crime, the stolen property is in almost all the cases, disposed of outside the
railway jurisdiction. Frequent surprise
checks of local criminals and receivers of stolen property and constant watch
by the Railway Police over the movements of these people, especially in the
vicinity of railway premises, will help to a great extent in minimizing these
offences. The local police who have a
better knowledge of local criminals should give a helping hand to the Railway
Police in this matter. As regards
thefts on platforms and goods sheds, constant patrolling of important places by
the Railways Police staff will minimize these offences, as explained in Order 1885.
(2) According to
Order 1906, for a criminal who has a history sheet in the Railway Police
Station, a history sheet should also be maintained in the local Police Station,
in the jurisdiction of which he resides and he should be watched by the staff
of the local Police Station. Whenever
the District Police find such a criminal absent from his house during their
check, they should immediately intimate the fact of his absence to all the
Railway Police Stations in whose limits he has operated in the past. As required in Order 1910, closest
co-operation should be maintained between the District Police and the railway
police. There should be frequent exchange of information between the
Railway Police and the District Police by means of correspondence as well as
meetings of all ranks from Sub-Inspectors to the Superintendent. Meetings between the Superintendent and the
Superintendent of Police, Railways, should also be attended by the Station
House Officers of the Railway Police Stations having jurisdiction over the district
and the Station House Officers of the district through whose jurisdiction the
railway line passes, besides the Inspectors and Sub-Divisional Officers of both
the Railway Police and the District Police.
These meetings should be held once in six months and more often, if
necessary. At each of these meetings,
they should discuss every offence reported subsequent to their previous meeting
and discuss ways and means of improving the prevention and detection of crime,
with particular reference to black spots.
(3) In all cases in which the crime is suspected to be
the work of habitual criminals, a crime
card should be sent to all neighboring Police Stations, the Circle Inspector,
the Sub-Divisional Officer, if one exists and the Railway Crime Record
Bureau. If the offenders are from
outside, prompt information should also be sent by wire or wireless to the
neighboring Police Stations and Railway Police Sub-Inspectors. Station House Officers who receive
information whether by crime card or by wire should immediately institute
necessary enquiries and promptly report the result by wire or memorandum. Station House Officers will be responsible
for the prompt circulation of lists of property lost and description of
absconding offenders to stations where they are likely to be useful.
(4) Offences on railway lines, such as thefts of
sleepers, fish plates, and dog spikes, are not infrequent. The Railway Police should not hesitate to
seek the co-operation of the local police, who will have better knowledge of
the local conditions, in detecting these offences, and regarding offenders and
receivers of stolen property. It is
common knowledge that most of these materials are useful in preparing agricultural
implements and the villagers will in all probability be taking away these
materials for preparing those
implements. Contact with local
blacksmiths and close touch with
village officers and their servants and a good set of informants will help to a
great extent in detecting these offences.
It is also quite probable that
some of the cases of this type might be the mischief committed by cattle boys
or others, not knowing the seriousness of the offences. In such
cases, the police should contact the local people, preferably the
elders, explain to them the consequences of
such incidents on the railways, and warn the villagers not to meddle
with the railway materials. The local
police should also take interest in such cases. Railway Police Officers, especially Station House Officers and
Inspectors, should interest themselves in the study of the local crime and
criminals and keep personal contacts with the local police. Mutual co-operation will be helpful to both.
(5)
Thieves on running trains
operate in two ways. They either get
down with stolen property at a station enroute or drop the stolen property
while the train is in motion get down
at the next station, walk back and collect the property. In either case the thief may either dispose
of the property in the nearest town or go by train or bus to another town where
he has a receiver. When a theft is
reported from a train, immediate information, giving the details and
description of the property lost and the description of the accused if known should be sent to officers-in-charge
of both Railway and District Police
Stations, so that, they may keep an immediate look out for the thief and
the property at Railway Stations and bus stands. To evade the vigilance of the police the thief often gets down on
the off side of the train. The offside should , therefore, receive as much
attention as the platform.
(6) Persons stealing railway goods or possessing
stolen railway property should be proceeded against under the provisions of the
Railway Stores (Unlawful Possession)
Act, 1955, the provisions of which must be thoroughly understood and
properly implemented by all
Investigating Officers.
Stopping of Trains at
Non-stopping and Detachment of a Railway Carriage in a case of Serious Crime
1915. In special and urgent cases, a superior
police officer may, by written requisition to the concerned local Railway
Official, cause a train to be stopped at a station at which it is not booked to
stop either to effect an arrest or when the stoppage is otherwise necessary, to
safeguard the public peace and ensure safety.
1916. In the event of the occurrence of murder or
other serious crime in a running train, immediate steps should be taken to
prevent the disappearance of evidence in the shape of fingerprints, blood
stains and other marks which might lead to the crime being brought home to the
culprit. For this purpose, the carriage
or compartment concerned should be emptied of
passengers and sealed as soon as possible by the first Police Officer receiving information
of the occurrence. The Police Officer
should then arrange for the carriage to be detached at the first station at
which arrangements could be made to replace it. At the same time instructions should be issued for the carriage
to be sent by the first available train to the Railway Police Station having
jurisdiction to investigate the offence.
ACCIDENTS ON RAILWAYS
Notice
of Accidents to the Police
1917. (1)
Under Section 83 of the Indian Railways Act and the rules made by the
Government of India under Section 84, the Station Master nearest to the place
at which the accident has occurred, or where there is no Station Master, the
railway servant in-charge of the section of the railway on which the accident
has occurred, is bound to give information about the following accidents
without unnecessary delay to the Station House Officer, in whose limits the
accident occurred, and to the District Magistrate, the Superintendent of the
district concerned and the Superintendent of Police, Railways :
(a)
any
accident attended with loss of human life, or with grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with
serious injury to property ;
(b)
any
collision between trains of which one is a train carrying passengers;
(c)
any
derailment of any train carrying passengers or of any part of such a train ;
(d)
any
accident of a description usually attended with loss of human life or with such
grievous hurt as aforesaid or with serious injury to property ;
(e)
any
accident of any other description which the Central Government may notify in
this behalf in the Official Gazette.
Accidents on Private Sidings
1918. Section 83 of the Indian Railway Act, 1890
(Act IX of 1890), and the rules framed under Section 84 of the said Act apply
to accidents on private sidings.
Accidents occurring on such sidings should be reported similarly as
accident occurring on main lines of railway.
Duties
of Police in Connection with Accidents on the Railways
1919. (a)
The duties of he police in connection with accidents on the railways are
laid down in rules 28-33 made by the Government of India under Section 84 of
the Indian Railway Act.
Railway
Officials to Communicate to District and Railway Police
(b) The railway authorities will communicate
information of accidents both to the Railway Police and the District
Police. The nearest Police Officer
should take any action that may be immediately necessary.
Mobilisation
at Accident
(c) On the occurrence of a serious accident, the
Station House Officer of the Railway Police should mobilise the staff of his
station and have them taken to the spot.
If the staff of one station are insufficient, the Inspector should
mobilise other stations also. The
Railway Police should guard the
property and help the injured persons.
The District Police will also send police parties to the spot to assist
the Railway Police in guarding the property and helping the injured.
Reports
of Accidents, Injury and Death
(d) All cases of accident, injury and death
occurring on the railway should be mentioned in the Station House Diary
and also by the inspector in his diary.
Hints to Investigating Officers Investigating Suspected
Cases of Sabotage
1920. Following points should be borne in mind
by Investigating Officers in investigating cases of suspected sabotage:-
(1) Site
of Accident and Time of Occurrence
(a)
It
should be examined whether the place of
accident is a secluded area, at or near a gradient curve, bridge or culvert.
Availability of covers for the saboteurs etc., to be examined.
(b)
Height of embankment at the sight to be
measured.
(c)
Time
of accident to be ascertained.
(2) Open Fish-plates
(a)
Determine
whether it happened before or after the accident and differentiate between
bolts opened by hand and machine from those torn off as a result of
accident. Threads of bolts and nuts
found at the scene will help in arriving at the correct conclusion.
(b)
Displaced
rails.-(i) Examine screw holes and
threads to see whether they are torn or intact.
(ii) Examine
whether rail seats are crushed.
(c)
Last rail intact at the point of suspected
fractures:
(i)
Existence of burr is highly significant against
sabotage
(ii)
Rounding
off supports sabotage strongly ;
(iii)
Position of wheels of derailed wagons is a matter of
great importance and should be examined carefully as to whether the position of
displaced rails could have been possible after the accident.
(iv)
Prepare carefully a map of the sight of accident. If railway plan-
drawers are used he should carefully
check each item shown on the
map.
(v)
Determination of speed at the time of accident
(a) In case of through trains, the time of
passing of previous station and the
exact
time of occurrence may give the possible and likely speed of the train
at accident.
(b) If
the train had stopped at the previous station, the time of departure,
the distance
at which accident occurred and the time of
accident, if known, may lead to
very approximate calculations of the speed of the train.
(vi) Braking distance, vacuum brakes, reaction time, visibility,
weather
condition and the depth of water by the side of
embankment should be
carefully noted as
it will affect decisions.
(vii) The movements of suspicious characters and
of known saboteurs should
be verified.
(viii) If track
patrolling is in vogue in the area, ascertain at what time they passed
at the spot of accident.
(ix) Verify whether other trains passed shortly
before the accident and if so, their
drivers and guards should be questioned. Station records of both stations
between which accident occurred should be seen
immediately to prevent
tampering of records.
(x) Note whether the victim train was carrying any
bullions, currency etc.
(xi) Take the photographs of he sight of the
accident from various angles and
of various materials concerned. Make use of scientific aids for tools
marks,
fingerprints (latents), particles
of exploded material if bomb is
used, etc.
Prosecution of Persons Responsible for Accidents
1921. (1)
Prosecution should not be launched in cases of accident on the railways,
till the receipt of the report of the Government Inspector of Railways.
(2) A copy of the findings of the Government Inspector
of Railways, as per his final report, will be sent to the Superintendent of
Police, Railways, within seven days of
its receipt by the General Manager. The
Superintendent of Police, Railways,
will consider the report and inform the General Manager within seven
days, whether or not a prosecution is to be launched.
Responsibility
for Preventing Railway Accidents
1922. While the responsibility for
preventing accidents at level crossings
and elsewhere on the railway rests with
the railway servants, Railway Police Officers should, whenever any inquiry
discloses the existence of a danger to the public, take steps to bring the fact
prominently to the notice of the Station master or higher authority concerned.
MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS
Unclaimed
Property
1923. Unclaimed property should be made over to
the Station Master for disposal. If,
however, the unclaimed property consists of arms, ammunition, explosives,
intoxicating liquor, opium and its
preparations or hemp drugs, the sale of which by unlicensed persons is
prohibited by law, it should not be made over to the Station Master for
disposal, but it is the duty of the Railway Police to take suitable steps for
its disposal.
Railway
Servants as Witnesses
1924. When railway subordinates are bound over
by the police to appear as witnesses, the district officer of the department
concerned should be informed and he will arrange for their relief.
Railway
Police not to Purchase Tickets for Passengers
1925. The Railway Police are strictly prohibited
from having anything to do with the purchase or sale of tickets or to act as
ticket nippers or collection of excess fares demanded from passengers,
otherwise than as provided by the
Indian Railways Act, 1890 (IX of 1890).
Watching
District Criminals and Foreigners
1926. (1)
When persons, known or suspected to be criminals, are found travelling,
they should be carefully watched and a telegram sent warning the District
Police of the place to which they are travelling and the Railway Police
Stations having jurisdiction over the place to which they are travelling.
(2) The
Railway Police Station House Officer is responsible for sending a
report of the arrival of a foreigner to the nearest District Police Station,
independently of the report made by the travelling constable watching a foreigner.
When a foreigner alights at a
railway station, where there is no constable of the District Police nor
platform constable, the travelling constable should, in the absence of any better means of communication,
give the information to the platform
constable of the next station where a platform constable is located and
instruct him to inform the local police
as expeditiously as possible.
Festivals
1927. A list of festivals held near the railway
line detailing the police arrangements to be made should be kept in every
Railway Police Station. The Railway
Police should also depute constables to
attend festivals and jatras held in the
limits of District Police Stations in
the jurisdiction of which the railway line of the Railway Police Station
passes.
Intimation
to Railway Police about Miscreants of Large Number of Persons
1928. Whenever big parties of persons travel and
intend going to specific places, intimation should be sent by Station House
Officer of the Railway Police Station to the Station House Officer of the
District Police Station of the destination and also to the Station House
Officer of the Railway Police Station, if there is one, to enable him to make
such arrangements as are necessary.
Railway Strike
1929. In the event of a railway strike, the whole or part of the Railway
Protection Scheme should be put into operation
by the Superintendent of Police, Railways, after obtaining the orders
of the Director General
of Police.
Drill and Instruction
1930. (1)
Hours of drill and instruction, which should necessarily depend upon train
timings should be specified by the Inspector and hung up in each Police Station.
(2) Platform constables at out-stations should be
relieved for three days each month and called to the Railway Police Station for
drill and instruction.
(3) Constables employed on platform duty at
out-stations should be changed periodically at the discretion of the
Superintendent of Police, Railways.
Rules
for the Use and Custody of Arms
1931. (1)
The arms will be kept in the
station secured to an arms rack by means of a chain fastened with a lock, and
will be in-charge of the PI/Sub-Inspector or other officer in-charge of the
station in his absence. Station
sentries will keep the key and be responsible
for the arms in succession. The
ammunition will be kept in a locked ammunition box the key of which will be
kept by the station sentry. The officer-in-charge of the station in his
absence, will be responsible for its correctness and this officer will issue the
requisite number of rounds whenever necessity arises.
(2) Head Constables and Constables will be armed with
fire arms on such occasions as may be
prescribed by the Superintendent of Police, Railways, but the Station House Officer may direct fire
arms to be used in an emergency or for
the following purpose :
(a) patrolling station yards, goods sheds,
tranship sheds and
yards ;
(b) escorting running goods train ; and
(c) escorting prisoners.
Postings of Officers to Railway Police
1932. (a)
The Deputy Inspector-General,
Railways, Bangalore, will annually obtain from the Commissioner, and all
Superintendents of the districts through their Range Inspectors-General, a list
of Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors suitable for transfer to the Railway Police.
(b) The
Commissioner and the Range officers should note their remarks specifically
against each name as to the suitability of the officers to work in the Railway
Police or otherwise and ensure that proportionate number of officers are
proposed through their range or units.
(c) A Committee of the following will be
constituted for purposes of selection :
(i) The Deputy Inspector
General of Police, Railways- Chairman
(ii) The Superintendent of Police, Railways-
Member
(d) The Committee will consider the list of officers
recommended by the Commissioners, Range Inspectors General and Superintendents
of Police of the District, select and draw up a panel of officers considered
suitable to work in the Railway Police.
The Committee may also include the names of any other officers in the
panel whom the Committee consider suitable.
The Committee may consult the confidential report of officers and if
necessary hold an interview before the selection is made.
(e) Copies of the panel should be sent to the Director
General, Commissioner, Range Inspectors General and the Superintendents of the
districts.
(f) The panel should contain sufficient number of
officers which should not be, in any case, less than the sanctioned strength of
the Railway Police.
(g) The postings of Officers from the districts to the
railway police, will be made by the Director General. However internal transfer of Police Sub Inspectors can be made by
the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways, and of the other ranks below
the rank of Police Sub Inspectors, by the Superintendent of Police, Railways.
(h) Pro forma liens of Inspectors and Sub Inspectors should be retained in the
City Police, Range or districts for
purposes of seniority, promotion, etc.
* * * * *
CHAPATER L
POLICE WIRELESS
1933. In Order to facilitate quick communication
between various Police Officers of the State and also of other States through
the Inter-State Police network, in the interest of the maintenance of Law and
Order and the prevention and detection of crime and criminals, a system of
communication known as the Police wireless, exists in the Karnataka State with
headquarters at Bangalore. It can also be used by other government departments
for passing on messages or information
relating to Law and Order and prevention and detection of crime and criminals.
1934. The Police Wireless functions as a part of
the Karnataka State Police Force. It is under the administrative control of the
Additional Director General of Police, Tetlecommunication Transport and Modernisation . who is assisted by a Deputy
Inspector General and/or Superintendent of Police, Wireless.
1935 The State is divided into 3 zones with
Zonal headquarters at Belgaum, Mysore and Bangalore, each comprising of certain
districts as detailed below:
NAME OF ZONAL NAME OF THE
DISTRICTS
THE ZONE HEADQUARTERS
NORTH ZONE BELGAUM BELGAUM,BIJAPUR,BAGALKOT,
DHARWAD,GADAG,HAVERI, HUBLI
DHARWAD COMMISSIONERATE
GULBARGA,BIDAR,RAICHUR,KOPPAL
SOUTH ZONE
MYSORE
MYSORE CITY, MANDYA,CHAMARAJ
NAGAR,MADIKERI,
HASSAN,CHICK-
MAGALUR,MANGALORE, KARWAR,
MYSORE DIST. UDUPI.
CENTRAL ZONE
BANGALORE BANGALORE
DISTRICT,TUMKUR,
KOLAR,KGF,SHIMOGA,CHITRADURGA
DAVANAGERE AND BELLARY
The
Karnataka State Police Wireless Unit is providing Communication coverage to the
entire State consisting of 6 Range Hqrs., and 30 districts (including KGF
Police district and 3 Commissionerates). The following types of communication
media are existing in the Karnataka State Police Wireless Network.
1.
HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION
HF Communication is a long distance communication existing between
the State Capital and all the District Hqrs. The main mode of the Communication
in this system is Radio Telephony and Morse. This system is being utilised as a
standby communication arrangement.
2.
VERY HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM:
VHF Communication system is
a line of sight Communication provided within the district. The District Hqrs.
Is linked with all the Police Stations of the District. The VHF Mobile
Communication is also extended to the Police Officers of and above the rank of
Inspectors. As on date all the Police Stations as well as some of the important
Police Outposts have been provided with VHF Communication. Cities like
Bangalore, Hubli-Dharwad and Mysore and also major towns are provided with VHF
Communication.
3.
LAND LINE COMMUNICATION
State Police Wireless is
also providing Land Line Communication, on Lines leased from the department of
telecommunication which are working round the clock. Besides Land Line Tele
printers, Hot Line speech circuits are also introduced.
(i) .
E.C.C.R. EXCHANGES
Hot Line speech Circuits
have also been commissioned connecting the Police Hqrs. with Range Hqrs., Commissionerates and District
Headquarters.
(ii) FAX
COMMUNICATION
In addition to the Hot Line
Speech Circuits, Fax Communication is also provided at the State Hqrs., Range
Hqrs. Commissionerates and District
Hqrs.,
(iii) POLICE TELEPHONE EXCHANGES (EPABX):
In order to have quick,
reliable and independent Telephone system for the Police Officers stationed in Bangalore City, a net
work of five independent Telephone Exchanges have been commissioned (during the year 1991) namely (1) DGP Polex (2) COP Polex, (3) Shankarapuram Polex, (4)
Malleswaram Polex and (5)
Ulsoor Polex, Catering to about 1000 subscribers.
(iv) PAGING
SERVICES
A Paging service is also introduced in Bangalore City catering to the needs of important Police
Officers in Bangalore City.
(v) VHF
RADIO TRUNK-LINE SYSTEM
The VHF Communication system
is a Line of Sight Communication. The
VHF Trunk line communication is
established from DGP C/R (State Hqrs.,)
with the help of repeater stations having sufficient height like (1)
Nandi Hills in Kolar District(2) Melukote in Mandya District (3)
B.B.Hills in Chickmagalur Dist. (4)
Kappadagudda in Gadag District (5)
Donimalai in Bellary District and (6) Manikyagiri in Gulbarga District.
The VHF Trunk line Communication is extended to all the Districts except Karwar, Belgaum and Bijapur. In the Second Phase the remaining Districts will also be provided with Trunk
line communication after sufficient VHF Survey/Trials.
(vi). MOBILE TELEPHONE SYSTEM
The Cellular Mobile Telephone system in
which the Officers can contact over
telephone from Mobile to Land Line,
Mobile to Mobile and land Line to Mobile
is also introduced on a limited
scale to a limited number of Senior Officers in Bangalore City.
STATEMENT SHOWING DISTRICTS/CITIES AND THEIR VHF
REPEAER STATIONS IN THE STATE
|
SL.NO. 1 |
NAME OF THE DIST/CITY 2 |
REPEATER STATION
3 |
|
1. |
BANGALORE CITY |
T.V. TOWER JAYANAGAR SHOPPING COMPLEX PUBLIC UTILITY BUILDING ARANYA BHAVAN BWSSB BUILDING,
WEST OF CHORD ROAD. |
|
2 |
BANGALORE
DIST. |
NANDI HILLS |
|
3 |
KOLAR DIST. |
CHINTAMANI HILLS |
|
4 |
K.G.F. |
K.G.F. |
|
5 |
TUMKUR |
DEVARAYANADURGA |
|
6 |
MYSORE CITY |
CHAMUNDI HILLS |
|
7 |
MYSORE DISTRICT |
CHAMUNDI HILLS |
|
8 |
MANDYA |
MELKOTE |
|
9 |
MADIKERI |
KADAGADALU |
|
10 |
HASSAN |
KATTAYA (HEMAVTHI) |
|
11 |
CHICKMAGALUR |
B.B. HILLS |
|
12 |
MANGALORE |
MUCHHUR |
|
13 |
KARWAR |
YELLAPUR GANESHGUDI |
|
14. |
SHIMOGA |
HOMBUCHA |
|
15 |
CHITRADURGA |
JOGIMATTI |
|
16 |
DAVANAGERE |
DAVANGERE |
|
17 |
BELLARY |
DONIMALAI |
|
18 |
BELGAUM |
HARGAPURA |
|
19 |
BIJAPUR |
BILIGI |
|
20 |
GADAG |
KAPPATHAGUDDA |
|
21 |
GULBARGA |
MANIKYAGIRI |
|
22 |
BIDAR |
ALAHALLI |
|
23 |
RAICHUR |
MASKI |
|
24 |
KOPPAL |
KOPPAL |
|
25 |
BAGALKOT |
BAGALKOT |
|
26 |
CHAMRAJNAGAR |
BILIGIRI RANGANA BETTA |
|
27 |
DHARWAD |
KAPPATHAGUDDA |
|
28 |
HAVERI |
KAPPATHAGUDDA |
|
29 |
UDUPI |
MUCHHUR |
|
30 |
HUBLI-CCR |
N.BETTA |
In each of the big cities/towns a separate Control
Room has been established to have effective supervision on the control of Crime
and Law & Order Problems. Some of the Town Controls/City Controls
existing in the State are as under:
|
SL.NO. |
CITY CONTROLS |
TOWN CONTROLS |
|
1. |
BANGALORE |
1.
CHITRADURGA |
|
2. |
GULBARGA |
2.
CHANNAPATNA |
|
3. |
HUBLI-DHARWAD |
3. RAICHUR |
|
4. |
BELGAUM |
4. BIJAPUR |
|
5. |
SHIMOGA |
5. BELLARY |
|
6. |
DAVANAGERE |
6. KARWAR |
|
7. |
MANGALORE |
7.
CHICKMAGALUR |
|
8. |
K.G.F. |
8. KOLAR |
|
9. |
TUMKUR |
9. HASSAN |
|
10. |
MANDYA |
10. MADIKERI |
|
11. |
MYSORE |
11. CHAMRAJANAGAR 12. KOPPAL 13. UDUPI 14.
GADAG 15.
HAVERI |
Monitoring
Station
1936 (i)
In the interest of proper functioning of the Wireless Stations in the
districts and to detect effectively and
check the transmission of unauthorised and non-official messages over the
Wireless, two monitoring stations are located at Bangalore, the headquarters of
the Karnataka State Police Wireless.
The monitoring stations will monitor the messages passing through the
Wireless channels at odd hours and bring to the notice of the Superintendent of
Police, Wireless, the irregularities detected, such as absence of the duty
operator from the Wireless sets in the district stations, indulgence of the
operators in key conversation, transmission of the unauthorised and
non-official messages and non-observance of the prescribed procedures for the
channel working.
(ii) The receipt and transmission over the Police Wireless of
messages of private nature will make the sender as well as the Wireless
operator concerned liable for departmental action. All questions of leave, leave salary, pay and allowances are of a
private nature. All non-police messages
should be scrutinised by the officer authorised to send, before they are
accepted for transmission over the Police Wireless. Any officer, who sends wireless messages not so scrutinised,
whether on his own account or on account of any other officer, will be liable
to pay double the cost of the express telegram charged by the Post &
Telegraphs department for such messages and will in addition, be liable to
departmental action.
(iii) Wherever a receiving and transmitting station exists, a
Police Officer must, subject to the restriction in sub-order (ii) above, use
the Wireless for sending any communication which, in the absence of such a
facility, would have been sent by telegram.
In the event of a breach of this rule, by sending a telegram, the cost
of the telegram will be recovered from the officer concerned. If a communication relates to Law and order,
it may be transmitted through the Police Wireless, even if the sender is a
Government servant other than a Police Officer.
Personnel
1937. The
Police Wireless will consist of following categories of Officers:-
1 Superior
Officers-
(i)
Dy.
Inspector General of Police, Wireless
(ii)
Superintendent
of Police, Wireless.
(iii)
Deputy
Superintendent of Police, Wireless.
2. Subordinate Officers
(i) Police Inspector (Wireless)
(ii)
Sub-Inspector
of Police (Wireless)
(iii)
Asst.
Sub-Inspector of Police (Radio Mechanic)
(iv) Asst. Sub Inspector of Police (Electrician)
(v) Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Wireless)
(vi) Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Crypto)
(vii) Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Machinist)
(viii) Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Draughts
man)
(ix) Head Constable (Wireless)
(x) Police Constable (Wireless)
3. Others
(i) Head Constable (Driver/General Duty)
(ii) P.C. Driver including Despatch Rider
(iii) Cleaners and orderlies.
Scale of Staff
1938. The scale of staff for the various Wireless
Stations are as follows:-
DISTRICT CONTROLS
Police Inspector Wireless - 1
Sub-Inspector of Police, Wireless -
4
Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police, Wireless - 8
Head Constable (Wireless) - 18
Police Constable (Wireless) - 6
Certificate of Appointment
1939. The Superintendent of Police, Wireless, will
arrange to issue certificates of appointments to the non-gazetted personnel of Wireless. He will exercise the powers of a Superintendent
of the district in this regard.
Training
1940. A training school is situated in the premises
of the police wireless in Bangalore for imparting preliminary training for
wireless recruits and for conducting refresher courses for other ranks.
Control over the Personnel of the Police Wireless
1941. The Superintendent of Police, Wireless has the
over-all control of the personnel of the Wireless throughout the State.
Duties of the
Superintendent of Districts
1942. The Superintendent of the district will –
(a)
draw
pay and allowances and T.A. of the district Wireless personnel and grant
increments.
(b)
pay
the electricity bills and provide contingent grant to the Wireless stations for
meeting the expenditure towards the purchase of distilled water, etc.,
(c)
supply
petrol and oil to the Wireless stations;
(d)
issue
LPC and transmit service records of the Wireless personnel transferred from the
districts.
(e)
sanction
Casual leave to the Wireless personnel.
(f)
supply
stationery articles required for Wireless stations.
(g)
supply
furniture required for wireless stations in consultation with the
Superintendent of Police, Wireless.
(h)
provide
suitable accommodation for the location of the Wireless Station in consultation
with the Superintendent of Police, Wireless.
(i)
Provide
Police transport for mobile Wireless stations.
(j)
Supervise
the proper functioning of the Wireless stations and the work of the Wireless
personnel and report to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, cases of
irregularities for taking necessary action.
Punishments of and Appeals from Subordinate
Officers:
1943. The personnel of the Wireless are governed by
the Karnataka State Police (Disciplinary Proceedings) Rules, 1965, and
instructions contained in Chapter X.
The Superintendents of the districts may award minor punishments and
major punishments may be awarded by the Superintendent of Police, Wireless
after following the prescribed procedure.
Leave
1944. All
kinds of leave to the personnel of the Police Wireless will be sanctioned by
the Superintendent of Police, Wireless and other superior officers in the
administrative charge of the wireless.
Superintendent of a district may, however, sanction casual leave and
earned leave to the Wireless staff under his administrative control. Where the period of earned leave exceeds two
months, he should invariably consult the Superintendent of Police, Wireless to
enable the latter to post substitutes.
Transfers
1945. All
Officers of subordinate rank of the Police Wireless are liable for transfer to
any place throughout the State.
(ii)
If the Superintendent of the district observes any marked incompetence for his
particular duties in any police officer of the wireless working in the
district, he may require the superintendent of Police, Wireless, to substitute
another officer and the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, shall be bound to comply
with the requisition.
Powers and
Duties
Deputy
Inspector General of Police Wireless
1946. (i) The Deputy Inspector General of Police
Wireless is in over all charge of the Police Wireless throughout the state.
(ii)
He will exercise the financial powers as delegated by the Government from time
to time.
(iii)
He is responsible for the internal administration and technical management of
the police Wireless throughout the State.
(iv)
He will discharge the same duties, functions and responsibilities in regard to
the internal administration of his unit as a Range Inspector General of Police
does in respect of the ranges.
(v) He is responsible for
the efficient maintenance of Wireless communication throughout the State and
the Maintenance and operation of all Wireless sets and the equipment in the
Police Wireless throughout the State.
(vi)
He will inspect the Superintendent of Police, Wireless office, District Control
Room, City Control Room and other units under his charge.
(vii)
He will work in close liaison with the Director, Directorate of Coordination,
Police Wireless, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, New Delhi and
the Police Wireless Organisations of other States.
(viii)
He will act in liaison with the Wireless Services of the Defence Services,
Department of Telecommunications and Railways.
He will also co-ordinate and co-operate with these agencies during the
times of emergency.
(ix)
He will represent the State Police Wireless in the Annual All India Police Radio Officers’ Conference and
others sponsored by the D.C.P.W.
(x)
He will maintain proper liaison with all the Superintendents of districts,
Inspectors general and Commissioners.
1947 Superintendent of Police, Wireless
(i)
The
Superintendent of Police, Wireless is under the direct supervision of Deputy
Inspector General of Police Wireless.
(ii)
He
is responsible for the internal administration and technical management of the
Police Wireless throughout the State.
(iii)
He
will exercise the financial powers as delegated by the Government from time to
time.
(iv)
He
will discharge the same duties, functions and responsibilities in regard to the
internal administration of his unit as a Superintendent does in respect of the
District Police force.
(v)
He
is responsible for the efficient maintenance of wireless communication
throughout the State and the maintenance and operation of all wireless sets and
the equipments in the police wireless throughout the State.
(vi)
He
will inspect District control rooms, City control rooms and other units under
his charge.
(vii)
He
will work in close liaison with the Director, Directorate of Coordination,
Police Wireless, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, New Delhi, and
the Police Wireless Organisations of other States.
(viii)
He
will act in liaison with the Wireless Services of the Defence Services,
Department of Telecommunications and Railways.
He will also co-ordinate and co-operate with these agencies during the
times of emergency.
(ix)
He
will represent the State Police Wireless in the Annual All-India Police Radio
Officers’ conference and others sponsored by the DCPW in concurrence with
Deputy Inspector General of Police, Wireless.
(x)
He
will maintain proper liaison with all the Superintendents of districts,
Inspectors General and Commissioners.
1948. Deputy
Superintendent of Police, Wireless, Headquarters
He will be directly
in-charge of the following branches of the Police Wireless:
(a)
Technical Stores
(b)
Central Work Shop
(c)
Motor
Transport Section
(d)
Check
Office
He will be
responsible for the efficient functioning of these branches. Besides he will -
(i)
put
up all defective and unserviceable equipment to the Superintendent of Police,
Wireless, and take orders for their condemnation or for repairs, as the case
may be;
(ii)
supervise
the work of the staff of the M.T.Section and ensure the proper maintenance and
use of all the Motor Vehicles;
(iii)
exercise
financial and administrative powers as delegated to him from time to time; and
(iv)
attend
to such other duties as may be assigned by the Superintendent of Police,
Wireless from time to time.
1949 Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless,
Communications
He
will be directly in-charge of the following branches of the Police Wireless:-
(A)
Signal
Office
(B)
D.G.P.
Control
(C)
Monitoring
Station
(D)
ECCR
(E)
Technical
Library
(F)
Training
School
(G)
Police
Exchanges
and will be responsible for
the efficient functioning of these branches. Besides, he will -
(i)
supervise
the installation of the Wireless Stations and inspect them to ensure their
proper functioning;
(ii)
during
the inspections of the Wireless Stations conduct physical verification of all
the Stores and Wireless equipment supplied to them and furnish a certificate to
the Superintendent of Police, Wireless to that effect;
(iii)
be
responsible for the general supervision over the work of the Police Wireless
Staff under his control/supervision.
(iv)
attend
to such other duties as assigned by Superintendent of Police Wireless from time
to time.
1950 Deputy
Superintendent of Police, Wireless, Crypto
(i)
He
will be in-charge of Crypto Centre and he will assist SP(W) in Technical/Administrative
matters.
(ii)
He
will be responsible for maintaining
proper records of all Crypto documents and he will check the documents
periodically and certify to that effect.
(iii)
He
will ensure proper discipline of the staff working under him.
(iv)
He
will periodically visit all the Crypto Centres in the State and check all the
Crypto documents and certify their
proper maintenance.
(v)
He
will ensure that all the messages pertaining to the movements of VVIPs and
traffic and other confidential messages are
properly Cipher coded and sent and decoded at the receiving Centre.
(vi)
He
will also take up the works entrusted to him by SP(W)/DIGP(W )from time to
time.
1951. Zonal
Supervisor (of the Rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless)
He
will
(i)
supervise
all the staff working under him in his jurisdiction in regard to their work;
(ii)
be
responsible for the installation,
operation and maintenance of all the Wireless e quipments;
(iii)
inspect
all the District Controls, Town Controls and City Controls in his jurisdiction
and verify personally all the equipments held by them once a year and furnish a
certificate to their correctness to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless.
(iv)
check
the entries in the Technical and Traffic Books maintained at the Stations;
(v)
report to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless,
all cases of irregularities in the working of the Stations or of delay in
transmission of Message in his zone after due investigation;
(vi)
during
inspection, check all the records maintained by the Wireless stations and
ensure that all records are maintained up-to-date;
(vii)
ensure
that all the Wireless equipments requiring repairs are repaired in the Workshop
immediately and put up all the unserviceable equipments to the Superintendent
of Police, Wireless for his orders regarding condemnation and disposal. If the
value of each items are below Rs.1000/- worth in total and he may take action
to condemn the items and furnish a Certificate to that effect and the condemned
items will be forwarded to the Central Technical Stores for further action.
(viii)
ensure
that kit is supplied to all the staff working under him regularly and hold
regular kit inspection during the inspection of the Wireless Stations;
(ix)
ensure
during Inspection that the stores are maintained properly and the ledgers and records connected with all the
Wireless equipments are maintained
up-to-date;
(x)
during
his tours and Inspections meet the Superintendent of districts and the
Inspectors General of Ranges and receive instructions.
(xi)
attend
to such other duties as and when assigned by the Superintendent of Police,
Wireless from time to time;
(xii)
maintain
proper account of all cash transactions handled by him;
1952 Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless,
City Control Room, Bangalore.
He will -
(i)
be
responsible for the general supervision over the work of the City Control Room
staff under his control and will ensure
proper discipline of the staff.
(ii)
supervise
the work of the Workshop.
(iii)
during
the visit of VVIPs and other Bandobust duties supervise the communication and
convey the information from time to
time to Superiors.
(iv)
attend
the work as entrusted by the Superior officers of commessionarates and other Officers from time to time.
(v)
maintain
the prescribed records such as history sheets of equipment, battery and battery
charging log, petrol and oil registers, etc.
(vi)
keep
in touch with the local Police officers and maintain good liaison.
(vii)
maintain
a high standard of security and guard against leakage.
(viii)
submit
weekly diary to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless.
1953. Inspector Wireless – Central Technical
Stores
(i)
The
Inspector will be in-charge of the
Central Technical stores and responsible for its proper maintenance.
(ii)
He
will be in-charge of all classes of Stores stocked in the Police Wireless
branch, ensure that all stores, are properly arranged and properly secured
against loss, pilferage or destruction by insects or moths, maintain correct
account of all items of stores and ensure that all transactions of stores are
made according to rules and departmental orders through receipt/issue vouchers
and duly entered in the appropriate
ledgers;
(iii)
He
will be responsible for all correspondence pertaining to the Police
Wireless stores;
(iv)
He
will scrutinise the periodical Government property returns from subordinate
officers and submit them to the Supdt.
of Police, Wireless;
(v) He will undertake inspection of stores
held by the subordinate staff as and when
ordered by the Supdt. of Police,
Wireless and submit indents for the Wireless equipments, and maintain
condemnation register and submit periodicals to the Supdt of Police Wireless.
(vi)
He will carry out such other duties
as may be ordered by the Dy. Supdt. of
Police, S.P. Wireless.
vii) He
will initiate the ACRs of the staff working under him from the rank of PC (W)
to PSI (W).
1954. POLICE INSPECTOR, WIRELESS, CENTRAL WORKSHOP
He will :-
i) be in-charge of the Central workshop and its branches.
ii) be responsible for the efficient
administration of these branches both internal and technical;
iii) maintain close supervision over the work of
his subordinates
iv) carry out all major repairs to the equipment
and charger received for repairs in the Central Workshop;
v) carry out major overhaul of all types of equipments;
vi) maintain job cards for recording all
the repairs and maintenance work done
in the workshop;
vii) be responsible for the Govt. properties in
all the branches of his charge ;
viii) check and scrutinise the job registers of
all the Wireless technicians under his
charge and submit them to the Supdt. of
Police, Wireless through the Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless.
ix) be responsible for testing all technical stores purchased before they are
accepted in the stores;
x) be responsible for the testing of all unserviceable equipments,
spare parts etc., before they are put up to the Supdt. of Police, Wireless through the Dy.
Supdt. of Police, Wireless for
condemnation;
xi) maintain stock register
for spare parts and such other technical stores and consumable items under his
charge by preparing expense voucher;
xii) maintain history sheets for all equipments in his charge.
xiii) attend to such other duties as and when
assigned by the Dy. Supdt. of Police or Supdt. of Police, Wireless.
xiv) he will
initiate the ACRs of the staff
working under him from the rank of PCs (W)
to PSIs (W)
1955 - INSPECTOR, TRAINING SCHOOL
i) be in-charge of the Training School and its proper
administration;
ii) be
responsible for the efficient training of men in the Training School,
exercise disciplinary and
administrative control over trainees under him;
iii) be in-charge of boarding, lodging and sanitary arrangements in respect of the
trainees;
iv) hold periodical tests prescribed and submit
the results to the Supdt. of Police, Wireless through the Dy. Supdt. of Police,
Wireless.
v) maintain personal sheet for each trainee and enter the test
result in it.
vi) arrange for holding drill and parade as per orders in force;
vii) be responsible for all the Government properties in the training School.
viii) attend to major repairs of all the
Wireless and allied equipments at the Training School
ix) undertake Lectures in the School and
conduct refresher courses for Wireless
operators and technicians to improve their efficiency;
x) conduct examination to
the operators and Wireless Technicians whenever required
xi) undertake such other duties as and when
allotted by the Deputy Superintendent of Police or the Supdt. of Police,
Wireless.
xii) he will initiate the ACRs of the staff
working under him.
1956 POLICE INSPECTOR, WIRELESS, CHECK OFFICE
i) be responsible for supervising all the staff working under him
and maintain proper discipline.
ii) put up all the correspondences in connection with issue of licences, issue of ‘
No objection’ with regard to the operation of Wireless station and seek
directions of DSP (W) Hqrs., SP(W) and
DIGP (W)
iii) apply for fresh licences as and when new
Stations are opened or a few frequencies are requisitioned.
iv) co-ordinate the frequency plan in the
State/Inter district net work after seeking instructions from DSP (W)/SP(W).
v) put up all the cases of jamming of frequencies to DSP (W) /SP(W)
and seek instructions from them.
vi) keep all the records of Check office under
safe custody and ensure proper safety of these as they are the classified documents.
vii) take up the work entrusted by DSP (W)/SP(W)
from time to time.
viii) he will initiate the ACRs of staff working
under him.
1957 POLICE INSPECTOR WIRELESS,
COMMUNICATION
i) be in-charge of the communication centre of the police wireless
at Bangalore.
ii) be responsible for all Govt. properties in all the Sections in his
charge.
iii) be responsible for the proper functioning of
his branch and for proper maintenance of all the radio equipment, stores,
forms, stationery, etc., in his charge.
iv) ensure that all the main channels are
working on proper frequencies allotted to them and there is no breakdown of
communications due to faulty equipment and also ensure proper adherence of
the prescribed wireless procedure on
all the channels.
v) scrutinise the daily traffic and put up a report to the Supdt.
of Police, Wireless, on any
irregularities.
vi) keep stock books, ledgers, etc., in respect
of Signal, stores, consumable items, forms etc., in his charge.
vii) promptly deal with all correspondence
concerning communication matters such as breakdowns and delay.
viii) maintain a dairy and record therein, all events concerning the
communications and other matters pertaining to his duties.
ix) ensure that all masts and aerials are kept
in proper condition
x) attend to such other duties as and when assigned to him by the
Supdt. of Police or Deputy Supdt. of police, Wireless from time to time.
xi) initiate the ACRs of the
staff working under him from the rank of PCs
to PSIs (W).
1958. - INSPECTOR, WIRELESS,
MONITORING STATION :
He will:-
i) be in-charge of the Monitoring station.
ii) supervise the work of his subordinates.
iii) be responsible for effectively monitoring
all traffic in all the channels of the
police wireless.
iv) report to the Supdt. of Police, Wireless,
all irregularities detected, such as, absence of the duty operator from the
wireless stations in the district, indulgence of the operators in key
conversation and transmission of the unauthorised and unofficial messages etc.
v) submit daily report to the Deputy Supdt. of Police Wireless of the work done by his
subordinates.
vi) attend to such other duties assigned by the
SP (W) or DSP(W) from time to time
vii) initiate the ACRs of staff working under
him.
1959 POLICE INSPECTOR, CRYPTO
He will :
i)
assist DSP Crypto and seek
instructions.
ii) take up inspection of
all the Cipher documents and ensure they
are intact daily.
iii) visit other Cryptos Centre in the State and
inspect all the documents and certify to their correctness.
iv) ensure that all
confidential messages originated from
Bangalore and received at Bangalore shall have proper Cipher code
classification.
v) check the daily traffic
at random and will submit report, if any classified messages are sent without
assigning the security classifications.
1960 POLICE INSPECTOR, CITY CONTROL ROOMS
He will :
I) keep a close watch on the daily
communication of all stations of the
City on various channels and keep the
SIs (W) reminded of all pendency of
work like erection of Tower/Masts, Painting, Installation, Inspection, relief
of staff, despatch of equipment etc. and
also keep a watch over movement of the SIs (W) and the ASIs (R/M) in
their respective areas.
ii) scrutinise and submit to
the DSP (W), Weekly diary extracts (original) of ASI (R/Ms) and SIs (W) under his control. A proper check will be maintained to see that diary extracts are
submitted by the concerned regularly and promptly.
iii) keep a watch over the statements which are due to be submitted to the
DIG Hqrs., directly by the SIs (W) and
also keep a watch over the prompt response by SIs (W) whenever an information
is called for from the Chief Office, by signal or by post.
iv) undertake supervision of
any special communication survey, opening of additional networks, and special
bandobust etc., if any.
v) undertake any additional
technical work as and when assigned to
him from the Headquarters.,
vi) be present whenever a
superior officer is inspecting a particular station in the city.
vii) grant casual leave to
ASIs (W), R/M, HCs (W) PCs (W) as per
the recommendation of the concerned SIs
(W).
viii) attend to all
correspondence with the local COP Office and the Hqrs.,
ix) submit to the Hqrs any
report/representation from any of the Wireless Staff of the COP for necessary
action.
x) maintain proper account
of service stamps, Railways/Bus warrants, POL, Distilled water and local
purchase of spares for maintenance of machinery.
xi) utilise the Services of
the HC (W) posted to City/District
Workshop for clerical work of the office.
xii) maintain cordial relation and co-operation
with other SIs (W) of the districts and run the administration smoothly and
efficiently.
xiii) initiate the ACRs of
all the staff working under him from the rank of PCs to PSI (W).
(xiv) ensure
that the operators (Wireless) posted at control room to man various channels
are attentive all the time to receive
and pass communications.
1961 DISTRICT WIRELESS INSPECTORS (OF THE RANK OF PIS WIRELESS)
The District Inspectors will ,
i) be in overall charge of
the district and will supervise the work of all the staff working under his
supervision.
ii) be responsible for inspecting the Police
Wireless stations in his jurisdictions from engineering and communication
points of view;
iii) maintain the district
workshop and ensure that the equipments handed over for repairs at the district
workshop are repaired expeditiously and sent over to the respective wireless
stations, promptly.
iv) be responsible for
ensuring progressive maintenance based on the instructions issued from Hqrs.,
v) be responsible for the
maintenance of the district wireless stores and for the proper maintenance of
ledgers and records connected with the
wireless stores and will submit Indent of stores required for his district to
Inspector, Wireless in-charge of Technical Stores.
vi) maintain a separate file of faulty equipment
received from wireless Stations in his charge and submit to the zonal
Supervisor at the end of every month, a consolidate list of faulty equipment
attended to etc.,
vii) ensure that the prescribed Wireless
procedure is followed by every Wireless Station in his charge.
viii) check the Weekly Diaries of the SIs (W)
under his command and intimate any information of special interest to the Zonal Supervisor.
ix) report to the Zonal Supervisor all cases of breakdown, delay in transmission of
Messages after due investigation and
other irregularities if any.
x) be responsible for checking all the Traffic that passed over the
Police Wireless in his district and report irregularities, if any, to the Zonal
Supervisor.
xi) during inspection, check all the records maintained in the Wireless Stations.
xii) initiate ACRs of all the staff working under
him from the rank of PCs to PSIs (W).
xiii) carryout detailed
inspection on the maintenance of equipment held on charge in each of the
Wireless stations under his command and make physical verification and furnish
a certificate to that effect to the Zonal Supervisor.
xiv) be responsible for installation and
maintenance of special or additional wireless stations in his jurisdiction; during VVIP visits and
other L & O duties.
xv) be responsible for attending to special
duties whenever required.
xvi) submit weekly diary to the Supdt. of Police,
Wireless through proper channel.
xvii) attend to such other duties as assigned to
him by the Zonal Supervisor, Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless from time to time.
xviii) grant casual leave to ASIs (W), ASIs
(R/M) HCs (W) and PCs (W) as per the
recommendation of the concerned SI (W).
1962 S.I. M.T.O.
The Sub Inspector will
i) work directly under the
supervision of DSP Hqrs.
ii) supervise all the staff
working under his control and ensure proper discipline.
iii)l supervise the
maintenance of all the vehicles under his supervision.
iv) allot duties and
responsibilities to each of the drivers/staff working in the M.T.Section.
v) maintain all the ledgers,
log books of M.T. Section and ensure
proper maintenance of the log books of vehicles.
vi) ensure that all the
vehicles are in running condition and if any defects are noticed he will take action to attend to the defects
of the vehicles immediately.
vii) put up the estimates,
quotations, I.M.V. certificates etc., to the SP (W) through DSP(W) for
obtaining sanctions to carryout repairs/maintenance.
viii) put up every year a
report to DSP(W) for fixing the mileage of each vehicle.
ix) ensure that all the
vehicles have valid insurance, fitness certificates and all the drivers possess
valid licences.
x) take necessary action to
put up report to RTO through DSP(W)/SP(W) to dispose of unserviceable spare
parts by auction etc.,
xi) perform other
duties as and when assigned by DSP
(W),SP(W) and DIGP(W).
xii) arrange for the
Inspection of vehicles by DSP(W/SP(W) Weekly/Fortnightly.
xiii) put up reports for the
unserviceable vehicles for condemnation etc.,
xiv) maintain duty Roster
for all the staff working in M.T. Section and obtain the signatures of the
concerned staff.
1963 SUB - INSPECTOR (CRYPTOGRAPHY) :
He
will :
i) be available at
the Hqrs. always for any cipher duty.
ii) assist DSP Crypto and PI Crypto
iii) during the leave period
of PI (W) Crypto, will look after the duties of PI (W) Crypto.
iv) do regular practice of
Cipher work and be fully conversant
with Cryptography rules and regulations.
v) keep fit to do enciphering and deciphering in any of the systems
in vogue, by doing study of rules and practical work.
1964 POLICE SUB-INSPECTOR TRAINING SCHOOL:
He
will :
i) assist
the P.I. Training School in the day to day Administration work.
ii) if the Police Inspector of Training goes on
leave Senior SI (W) of Training Institute
will look after his duties.
iii) assist the periodical tests conducted by
the PI (W) for the trainees at the Training School.
iv) safeguard the Government properties in the
Training School.
v) attend to major repairs of all the Wireless and allied
equipments at the Training School.
vi) perform other duties as and when assigned by the DSPs, SP(W) and
DIGP (W).
SUB-INSPECTORS WIRELESS IN
THE DISTRICTS:
1965. Sub-Inspectors, Wireless, will be under direct control of PI (W)
of districts. They will carry out the
works assigned to them from time to time by the PI (W) of the district.
i)
They
will be responsible for the efficient running, up-keep and Cleanliness of all
the Wireless stations.
ii) They will maintain the prescribed records such as history sheets of the
equipment,
Battery and Battery charging, log, Petrol and Oil
registers, etc., and submit returns
such as traffic returns, and maintain Wireless station
diary.
iii) They will see that all instructions in
regard to the working of Wireless stations and
clearance of messages issued from time to time are
strictly implemented.
iv) They will be responsible for all
Government property in the Wireless stations and
take such measures as necessary for their safety.
v) They will attend to
all correspondence relating to the working of the Wireless
stations.
vi) They will keep in touch with the local
Police Officers and maintain good liaison.
vii)
They
will scrutinise the daily logs with the messages and the traffic records.
viii) They will prepare duty chart for the
operators in accordance with instructions from
the inspector of Police, Wireless from time to time.
ix) They will do the operating work whenever necessary.
x) They will attend to the routine maintenance of all the
equipments and allied
accessories in the station.
xi) They will maintain a high standard of
security and guard against leakage.
xii) During disturbances and other emergencies,
such as cyclones, floods, etc., they will take care to see that Wireless
communication is not interrupted due to breakdown of mains, want of batteries,
damage to aerial installations or any such cause and take all precautions and
steps necessary during emergencies to keep up and maintain an uninterrupted
communication.
xiii) They will undertake any other specialised
work, whenever required
xiv) They should
promptly report all cases of breakdown through defect report of the
concerned Wireless stations and all cases of irregularities, etc., to the PI
(W) and Zonal supervisor for taking further action.
xvi) They will be
responsible for the proper turnout of all the operators in the station and
xvii) They will be
responsible for such other duties as are connected with the proper functioning
of the Wireless stations and generally see that the efficiency and discipline
of the Wireless stations are maintained.
1966 Assistant Sub-Inspectors (Wireless) :
i) He will
assist the PI (W), SIs (W) concerned in
maintenance of communication.
ii) The ASI (W) will work as DSO or Shift basis
and be responsible for co-ordination between various channels. He will supervise effective communication,
keep correct and complete information about communication matters and deploy
mobiles etc.,
iii) He will assist the PI (W) and SIs (W) after and before Office hours in
case of any action to be taken in the event of an emergency arising out of law
and order situation.
1967 Assistant
Sub-Inspector (R/M)
He will ;
I) be responsible for repairs/maintenance of all the Wireless equipment in the
district.
ii) attend to the installation/maintenance of all
mobiles/static as directed by the SI (W) D/C according to the requisition from the SI (W) Workshop or
SI(W) Town/City Control.
iii) assist the PI (W), SI (W) district workshop in carrying out
testing of spares/equipment received
from Headquarters or local market from time to time.
iv) submit weekly diary through the PI (W)
v) whenever any
emergency is proclaimed, be on the spot
and co-operate, in maintenance of
communication without interruption.
vi) maintain history sheets of all the Wireless equipments
including repairs done to different types and makes of equipments.
vii) be
available for duty outside normal working hours also, if called upon to do so.
1968 Assistant Sub-Inspector (Wireless) Electrician:
i) attend to all minor repairs, servicing and maintenance of the equipments
ii) be responsible for the
maintenance and repairs of all petrol engines
and main chargers and inspection of power wiring in all the Wireless
stations and for attending to breakdowns as directed.
iii) repair the faulty
batteries received as directed.
iv) maintain a daily diary giving details of all
the work done
v) co-operate fully with the other branches of the Police.
vi) during emergencies, be
on the spot and attend to various technical works connected with the operation
of the Wireless stations and help maintain uninterrupted communications.
1969 ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTOR (CRYPTOGRAPHY):
He will
i) be available at the Hqrs., always for any Cipher duty.
ii) discharge duties of D.S.O. if there is a
shortage of other ASI (W)
iii) do regular practice of Cipher work and be
fully conversant with Cryptography rules and regulations.
iv) keep fit to do enciphering and
deciphering in any of the systems in
vogue, by doing study of rules and practical work.
v) In the event of one ASI (C) proceeding on leave, the other ASI
(C) will carry out additional duty of the ASI (C) on leave.
vi) No leave should be availed by both the ASI
(C) simultaneously unless alternate arrangements are made for Cipher duties.
vii) He will be always available for any
Wireless duty at his Hqrs., as assigned by the PI (W) and SIs (W) when there is
no Cipher work.
1970 WIRELESS OPERATOR (HCS AND PCS)
He will ;
i) attend the Wireless station according to “duty Chart”
ii) while handing over and
taking over charge, will ensure that the equipment, batteries, accessories etc.,
are clean and in working condition.
iii) be responsible for quick and correct
transmission, reception and despatch of Wireless message, while on duty and
issue delay memos when necessary.
iv) maintain log books and other records in a neat and legible hand
v) manipulate and work all
types of equipments available at the station.
vi) report to the PSI (W) or Asst. Sub-inspector, Wireless immediately, when a
fault in the equipment or any irregularity in the Channel is noticed.
vii) carry out any technical duties like charging of batteries and noting the supply voltage,
etc., and maintain their logs.
viii) instal static and mobile wireless stations,
erect aerials and establish
communications whenever required.
ix) keep to himself all official matters
communicated on the wireless system and not to give out any such information to
anybody, not even to another person belonging to the police department.
x) always be available for duty.
xi) do any other specialised
work, whenever required. Ordinarily two
operators will be available for duty during the office
hours and one operator beyond office hours to attend to emergent calls and they
should be ready to switch on the wireless station on a warning from the control
station or any out-station.
xii) All operators in the Police wireless station
have a joint responsibility for the
safe custody of the Wireless equipment
from the security point of view and
maintain cent percent secrecy over the intelligence passing through the
wireless.
xiii) In addition he will perform other duties as and when assigned by the PI
(W) and SI (W).
xiv) He will improve the
technical knowledge on all the technical equipment used in Wireless.
1971 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HCS/PCS DRIVERS/DESPATCH RIDERS:
They should ;
i) have proper discipline
and turnout and obey the instructions
of the PI (W)/SI(W) Shift supervisors.
ii) carry out the
instructions of the Officers under whom they working ( PIs (W) / SIs (W)/Shift Supervisors).
iii) a) take
charge of the vehicle/Motor
cycle and will carryout the general maintenance of the vehicle on daily basis.
b) maintain the log
of the Motor Cycle by entering all the particulars clearly and visibly.
c) inform the next superior officer for necessary action, if any defects are noticed in the vehicle.
iv) despatch all the
messages/Tappals well in time.
v) assist in maintaining/cleaning of the Wireless
station and premises.
1972 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HCS/PCS (GENERAL)
i) They will obey the instructions of in charge/sectional officers.
ii) Their turnout should be
good and proper discipline shall be maintained.
iii) a) They should perform all the general duties
of the office/section entrusted to them.
b) They will carryout
the work assigned by the PI (W)/ SIs
(W)/Shift supervisors.
iv) They will maintain the Office/location clean
and tidy.
v) They will perform duties like
carrying of equipments batteries, Aerial towers etc.,
vi) They should be capable of climbing and
installing the Antenna/Tower as and
when required.
vii) Despatching
of Tappals /Radio messages to the Officers concerned as and when ordered by the PI (W) / SI (W) shift
supervisors.
viii) They will assist in maintenance/charging of
Batteries.
ix) They will perform other duties as and when ordered by the PI (W) /SI (W)/Shift
supervisors.
MOTOR TRANSPORT SECTION:
1973 The orders prescribed in
Chapter LI apply to the M.T. Section of the Police Wireless.
MUSKETRY
PRACTICE
1974 The Personnel of the Wireless stations
will undergo Musketry Practice along
with the Civil Police of the place.
Parade
1975. The
personnel of the Wireless Stations will attend parade twice a week
held by the Police.
CONFIDENTIAL
PERSONAL FILES AND CONFIDENTIAL SHEETS
1976 The confidential personal files and the personal sheets will be
maintained according to orders contained in Chapter XI. The personal sheets of Wireless staff
working in districts will also be
maintained by the Superintendent of
Police, Wireless.
REWARDS
1977. The
subordinate officers of the Police Wireless are eligible for rewards in
accordance with the Orders laid down in Chapter VIII.
DIARY
1978. (1)
The Dy.Inspector General of Police, Wireless will write monthly
diary in Form No.13 and send monthly
report with an abstract in Form No.14 and a forwarding note in Form No.15 to
the Director Genl. & Inspr. Genl.of
Police, through the Addl. Director Genl. of Police, TTM, Bangalore.
(2) The Supdt. of
Police, Wireless, will write monthly diary in Form No. 13 and send monthly report with an abstract in Form
No.14 and a forwarding note in Form No.15 to the Dy.Inspr. Genl. of Police,
Wireless.
(3) The Deputy
Supdt. of Police, Wireless, will write weekly diary in Form No. 13 and send
weekly report with an abstract in Form No. 17 and forwarding note in Form No.18
to the Dy.Inspr. Genl. of Police, Wireless through the Supdt. of Police,
Wireless.
(4) The following
subordinate officers will write weekly diary in Form No. 267 and submit
copies to the officers mentioned
against each in columns 2 and 3.
|
SL.NO. 1 |
Name of the Officer 2 |
Through whom to be submitted. 3 |
To whom 4 |
|
1 |
Inspector, Wireless |
Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless |
Supdt. of Police Wireless |
|
2 |
Sub-Inspector, Wireless |
Inspector, Wireless, Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless. |
Supdt. of Police, Wireless |
|
3 |
Asst. Sub-Inspector, Radio
Mechanic, Asst. Sub-Inspector, Wireless/Crypto and Asst. Sub-Inspr.
Electrician, ASI Machinist.ASI
Draughts Man |
Sub-Inspector, Wireless, OR Inspector, Wireless |
Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless |
(5) Instructions for
writing the diary and its maintenance as applicable to the various ranks
in the civil police will also apply mutatis mutandis, to the officers of the
Police Wireless.
Inspection
1979. Regular inspections of the various
Police Wireless stations shall be carried out by all the supervisory
officers. The Inspections should be
detailed and should pertain to both the administrative and technical aspects of
the Police wireless.
The following scale of inspection is prescribed for each
of the supervisory officers:-
|
SL.NO. |
Name of the Officer |
Stations to be Inspected |
Frequency |
|
1 |
Dy. Inspr. Genl., Wireless |
Superintendent, Police Wireless
office including units in the Headquarters |
Once a year |
|
|
|
20% of Wireless stations |
-do- |
|
2 |
S.P. Wireless |
All Units in the
headquarters All Divisional offices,
Zonal offices and 50% Wireless Stations in the State. |
-do- |
|
3 |
DSP Wireless (Zonal supervision) |
All divisional offices and
Zonal offices and 100% of the Wireless Stations in the State |
- |
|
4. |
Police Inspr. (W) District Control/ City
Control |
50% of the Police Wireless Stations in his
jurisdiction. |
-do- |
|
|
|
|
|
The instructions given in Chapter XIII should be
followed in so as far they relate to
Police Wireless.
LIBRARY
1980. There is a library attached to the Police
Wireless at headquarters for the use of the Wireless personnel. The
Library intended to improve the technical knowledge and efficiency of the staff, contains up-to-date
publications on radio engineering and connected subjects. Periodicals and technical journals are also
available in the library. This should
be updated by adding the latest publications every year.
LIAISON BETWEEN DEFENCE
SERVICES, SIGNAL ORGANISATIONS AND POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS AND RAILWAYS.
1981. Close liaison will be maintained between
the Karnataka State Police Wireless and the Radio Organisations of the Defence Services, the Department of
Telecommunication and the Railways, especially during the emergencies. Standing reciprocal arrangements for the
transmission of messages to destinations covered by any one of the
organisations will be made from time to time by the representatives of these
organisations meeting in Conference.
For a similar purpose, a message control organisation has been set up at
various State Capitals by the Ministry of Communications, Government of India.
RECIPROCAL ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE DEFENCE SERVICES
SIGNAL ORGANISATIONS FOR DESPATCHING WIRELESS MESSAGES IN EMERGENCIES.
1982. The following procedure for use by the
Police of Army Wireless facilities will be followed, when Police facilities
break down or are not available:
(a) The Police
messages must be written on the army message Form No.13. A stock of forms should be cyclostyled and
kept ready for use by officers likely to need them.
(b) In using the
army form, the officers sending the message must indicate the degree of
priority in the Space provided in the bottom left-hand corner of the form. The following ranks of officers are
authorised to use the degree of priority
indicated against each, it being understood that each officer must always use the lowest
degree of priority possible on every occasion, according to the needs of the
Situation:
Superintendent of Police and
Higher Officer Most immediate OU
Assistant and Dy.Supdt. of
Police, Important OP
Station House
Officers and Higher
Ordinary
O
Officers.
Note:- Officers
authorised to sign on behalf of an officer of higher rank may use the
higher priority, when signing for that officer.
(c) Messages will
be handed in by Police Constables in Uniform
carrying his sanad at the Army Signal Office.
(d) The Police
Office receiving message through an army signal station is responsible for
collecting it from the Signal station.
The procedure to be followed is that the army signal station will ring
up the office of the Supdt. of Police,
if the message is received between 10.30 A.M.
and 5.30 P.M. or the Police headquarters, if received during other
hours. It will then be the
responsibility of the Police to send a Constable in Uniform carrying his sanad
to collect the message from the Signal Office.
(e) The following
procedure for use by the army, of
Police Wireless facilities will be followed, when army facilities breakdown or
are not available:
(i) Messages will
be accepted for any place at which a Police Wireless station exists;
ii) The following
ranks of officers are authorised to use the degree of priority indicated
against each:
Lt. - Col. and above Most immediate OU
Major and above Important OP
Other officers Ordinary O
iii) Messages
will be handed in by a soldier in uniform carrying identification documents and
these must always be examined. The
messages will be handed in at the Office of the Superintendent of Police
between 10.30 A.M. and 5.30 P.M. and at
Police Headquarters during other hours.
iv) Messages
received over the Police Wireless addressed to army officers or units will be
sent immediately by the operator on duty to the Superintendent of Police or in
his absence, to the Dy.S.P(Hqs.). The
officer receiving the message will immediately ring up the Military Exchange,
ask for the Assistant Duty Signal Officer and
inform him that a message has been received and should be collected by
the Army. He will not attempt to pass on the message by telephone. The message will be collected by the soldier
in uniform carrying identification documents, which must be checked before handing over the message. At places other than Bangalore, it will be the duty of Military Officers to call
on the Superintendent of the District and inform him where messages
addressed to them should be sent. It will then be the duty of the
Superintendent or in his absence, Dy.S.P. (Hqs.) to arrange speedy delivery of
the message to the place arranged, by a Police Constable in uniform carrying
his sanad.
USE
OF POLICE WIRELESS IN EMERGENCY
1983 The Police Wireless should be normally
employed only for the transmission of messages pertaining to law and order and
semi-law and order as defined in Order 1992.
In times of anticipated emergencies, the prior approval of the Ministry
of Communications, Government of India, should be obtained through the
Directorate of Co-ordination, Police Wireless, New Delhi, for the use of the
Police Wireless for purposes other than those for which the Police Wireless
stations are licensed. But in times of
sudden emergency like floods, cyclones
and such other natural calamities, the Chief Secretary to the State
Government can authorise the use of the Police Wireless for passing messages
pertaining to those events in
anticipation of the sanction of the Government of India. The Ex-Post-facto sanction of the Ministry
of Communications, Government of India, should, however, be obtained as quickly
as possible, preferably within 24 hours.
Such sanction may even be obtained over the Police Wireless, in case the
Posts and Telegraphs channels go out of commission due to disturbances.
LOCATION
AND PROTECTION OF WIRELESS STATIONS
1984. (i)
All the static wireless stations are located in the district police
offices, armed reserve headquarters or police stations. The mobile radio stations when taken by
officers on tour should also be located where there is police guard as far as
possible. At places where no guard is
available, the officer using shall be responsible for the security of the
mobile station;
(ii) Wireless installation should be treated as a
vital and protected area and the security of such installation is the
responsibility of the Superintendent of the districts.
MOVEMENT
OF WIRELESS STATIONS
1985. A static wireless station should not be
moved by any officer except under the orders of the Director General and
Inspector General of Police, Mobile Wireless stations attached to the various
officers can be moved by them in their respective jurisdiction. The Director General and Inspector General of Police can order the transfer of a mobile station for emergency
employment anywhere in the State. The
Deputy Inspector General may transfer a mobile station for emergency employment
anywhere in the range. The Officers to whom mobile wireless stations
are sanctioned, should arrange for their transport in police motor vehicles or
by train as may be necessary. The
charges incurred for the transport of mobile stations should be met by the district
police concerned.
INTER-STATE POLICE WIRELESS NETWORK
1986. This service will be utilised by all Police Officers, District Magistrates and
Secretaries to Government for the transmission of messages pertaining to law
and order and semi-law and order as defined in Order 1992 to New Delhi and
other State Capitals. Through the State
Capitals, Messages, could be passed to all
places provided with Police Wireless stations in the various States.
PROTECTION CLAUSE
1987. All the Intelligence passing through the
various Wireless networks will be considered as secret and will be protected under Sections 123, 124 and 162 of Indian Evidence Act,
1874.
SOURCE OF POWER
1988. For securing economy, all static wireless
stations will be on the local commercial supply of A.C.Power. As
uninterrupted communication service will depend upon uninterrupted
supply of power the Superintendents of districts will be in
touch with the local Electrical Engineer-in-charge and make arrangements to get
advance information for the Wireless stations about temporary shutdown or
breakdown of this supply and they should be vigilant especially during
emergencies. Arrangements should be
made for UPS wherever feasible.
INTERFERENCE WITH WIRELESS EQUIPMENT.
1989. (i)
Batteries of Police motor
vehicles may be charged at the Wireless
stations in cases of
emergency only at places where there is
no independent arrangement for the vehicles of the motor transport. This can be
carried on without affecting the regular working of the Wireless station. Wireless operators shall not charge
private batteries at Wireless stations.
(ii) The Wireless
operating staff will not unnecessarily take upon themselves the responsibility
of rectifying serious faults in the Wireless equipment at their station. They
should, whenever such faults are noticed, immediately intimate the
breakdown to the Police Inspector Wireless and seek his assistance. Till the arrival of Police Inspector and
Wireless engineering staff, the work in
the station should be carried on by using the standby set. The ASI Wireless and the Wireless operators
are expected to attend to very minor and superficial faults.
RADIO BLACK OUT
1990. Whenever radio fade-outs and magnetic
storms affect the signals, this service will fail to function for the period of
such adverse phenomenon . The
Superintendents of districts should
then help the Wireless operators to dispose of all urgent messages by
FAX/Hotlines
OFFICERS AUTHORISED TO USE POLICE WIRELESS
1991. The following are authorised to send
messages on the Police Wireless provided they relate to the subjects specified
in Order 1992.
(1) All Ministers;
(2) Chief Secretary to the Government
(3) Secretary, Deputy Secretary, and Under
Secretary to Government, Home Department.
(4) District Magistrate and Sub-Divisional
Magistrate;
(5) All Police Officers of and above the rank of
Station House Officer;
(6) Central Intelligence Officers, Deputy
Central Intelligence Officers and Assistant Central Intelligence Officers of
the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India; and
(7) Prosecutors.
In cases of emergency, Director General & Inspector General of Police may authorise officers
of other departments to use the
Wireless to clear messages subject to the license regulations.
MESSAGE
WRITING INSTRUCTIONS
1992. (I)
The Officers authorised to use the Police Wireless will ensure that messages pertaining to only the
following subjects are handed in for transmission on the police wireless. Messages not pertaining to any of the
subjects noted below will not be accepted for transmission.
(a) Law and Order Category :
i) Court attendance
in Police cases, summons, warrants, trials;
ii) information
relating to arrests and movements of suspects;
iii) dacoities;
iv) murder cases;
v) theft cases, arrest and proceedings relating thereto
vi) searches,
recoveries and possession of stolen
properties;
vii) look out for
stolen properties;
viii) escorts by police
personnel;
ix) corruption cases;
x) information regarding
accused persons in custody;
xi) verification of
allegations against persons suspected in cases investigated by police;
xii) descriptive rolls
of deserters- military/police
xiii) movement of
criminals registered in the District Crime Record Bureau;
xiv) foreign nationals -
passport verifications;
xv) crime statistics;
xvi) identification
parade;
xvii) failure of state Wireless Stations;
xviii) failure of state Wireless Stations;
xix) demand for police personnel in emergencies;
xx) tour programmes of
VIPs (For example Ministers, Deputy Ministers and Envoys);
xxi) information relating to missing persons (such as children,
disabled persons)-efforts by Police to trace;
xxii) movement of police
officers on duty;
xxiii) verification of antecedents of ex-convicts;
xxiv) death reports regarding Police Personnel;
xxv) violation of the Indian air space by foreign
aircraft;
xxvi) violation of narcotic laws and measures
taken to prevent such violation;
xxvii) opening of fire on mobs by Government
servants in the discharge of their official duties;
xxviii) information directly pertaining to the
rescue, relief and search of aircrafts in distress;
xxix) communal incidents where violence is
threatened or has actually taken place;
xxx) strikes, hunger strikes and strikes by
labourers or workers etc.,;
xxxi) movement of C.I.D. criminals;
xxxii) escape of prisoners;
xxxiii) outbreak of riot in prisons;
xxxiv) hunger strike of prisoners; and
xxxv) movement of prisoners having a special
background.
b) Semi-Law and Order Category.
i) appointment and postings in the Police ranks and statistics
relating to strength, promotions, demotions, etc., of Police personnel;
ii) police courses, training, etc.,
iii) character rolls, service books etc., of
Police personnel;
iv) police officers’ Conferences, inter-state
and intra-state;
v) Police business indirectly related to law and order; and
c) Service messages of Police Wireless Branch that is, messages
relating to communication and maintenance of the State Police Wireless such as
daily equipment reports and other service matters.
MESSAGE
WRITING AND USE OF PRIORITIES
1993. These instructions are issued as a guide
to the users of the police wireless links in the preparation of messages which
should confirm to existing rules on security and procedure and in the use of
the message Form Nos. 261 and 262. It
is necessary that all users of police wireless system should adhere to these
instructions to ensure most efficient use of the police wireless links.
CONSIDERATION BEFORE
ORIGINATING A MESSAGE.
1994. Before originating a message the originator
will do well to consider the following:
(a) Whether the contents can be easily sent as a letter
through normal channels with due regard to nature of priority of the text.
(b) Whether the
text pertains to subjects which can be cleared over police wireless links.
DRAFTING
1995. (a) Wireless messages should be treated on par
with telegrams. The text should be
brief without losing clarity. This is
essential, if speed is to be achieved in clearance of these messages over the
wireless links. Verbose messages
reporting matter in conversational form only tend to delay their clearance and
will also delay other important messages.
Ordinarily a message should not exceed 30 words.
(b)
Text should be in telegraphic form of writing, clear, concise and easily
understood. It should not contain
secret or confidential matter as wireless transmission is liable to be
intercepted. If the Originator desires
sending secret information it should be got encyphered through proper agencies.
NUMBER OF
COPIES OF MESSAGES AND WRITING OF MESSAGES
1996.
Messages must be written legibly, preferably typewritten in the standard
Form Nos. 261 and 262. If standard
message forms are not used, sufficient space as given in standard form may be
left in the paper for use by Police Wireless staff.
Normally,
only one copy of the message is to be sent for transmission and the same will
be retained in the wireless station. In
the case of messages addressed to more than one authority, the number of copies
required will be equal to the number of wireless channels. This will avoid delay in as much as no time
would be wasted in the wireless station in making out copies of the message for
transmission by different nets. All
copies must be legible to prevent errors in transmission.
The following instructions should be borne in mind while
writing up messages in Form Nos.261 and 262.
(a)
Address to:- Designation of officials and/or name of the department along with
the name of the station should be inserted here. If approved abbreviated addresses are available, those should
invariably be used. Under no
circumstances should titles, prefix or suffix, be used.
(b)
Address for information (Info.):- If the message is also
required to be sent to any authority other than the addressee for information
only, the name or designation of the official or the name or designation of the
official or the name of the department together with the name of the station
should be inserted in this space.
Approved abbreviated addresses, if available, should be used.
(c)
Address from:- Name and/or designation of
official or name of the department of the originator along with the name of the
station should be inserted here. If
approved abbreviation is available, it should be used.
(d)
Originator’s Number:- The
originator should insert his reference number of the correspondence.
(e)
Date:- The date on which the message
is originated should be inserted in this space. The date may be written in figures separated by obliques only;
for example, the 29th of December 1964, will be written as
29/12/1964.
(f)
In reply to:- The reference of the
correspondence to which the message is a reply should be inserted in this space. This eliminates the use of the common
preamble in a letter, e.g., “Reference is invited to your No. . . . . “ or “With reference to (abbreviated
designation) No. . . . . . ”.
(g)
Dated:- The date of the reference
shown in (f) above, namely, “In reply to” should be inserted in this
space. It should be written only in
figures as mentioned above under “Date”.
(h)
Text:- Owing to the large volume of
traffic handled in a wireless station and also because an unnecessarily long
message may cause delay and hold up communications, it is essential to couple
brevity with intelligibility. Before
writing a message, careful consideration should be given to the contents. Thereafter, the text should be written as
briefly as possible in telegraphic language.
The use of words like “please”,
“kindly”, “would be grateful”, must be eliminated. Omission of these words in a wireless
message does not imply lack of politeness.
(i)
The
following punctuation signs only must be used:
(i) full stop
should be written within a circle, whether by hand or by typewriter, e.g. (.);
no full stop is required at the end of the text; while.
(ii) comma,
(iii) inverted
commas,
(iv) hyphen,
(v) oblique or
stroke or bar
(vi) brackets,
(vii) decimal point, and
(viii) apostrophe,
should be written in the same way as in ordinary
writing. Apart from the above signs, no
punctuation or mathematical signs should be written and care must be taken to
ensure that their omission does not alter the sense of the message. On no account should the text contain
tabular statements, as they cannot be transmitted by wireless.
(j)
Priority:- If it is desired that a message should be transmitted more
expeditiously than an ordinary message, the degree of priority should be
inserted in this space. The categories
of priority available and their use are given in the succeeding orders.
(k)
Originator’s Signature and Designation:- The originator should affix his signature and designation in this
space signifying that he has sanctioned the contents of the message including
the priority classification, if any, and authorised it transmission by
wireless. Messages not signed by an
authorised person will not be accepted, for transmission by wireless.
(l)
Time of Origin (TOO):- The time
(in four figures) at which the originator signs a message should be inserted in
this space. The first two figures indicate the hours and the next
two the minutes. Thus, five minute past
six ‘O’ clock in the morning is written as 0605. The abbreviation “Hrs.” should not be used. In all cases “T.O.O.” must be entered by the
originator.
(m)
The
remaining space in the message form is for the use of the wireless staff only
and nothing should be written therein by the originator.
(n)
All
Message in code should be written and transcribed in block letters.
(o)
The
formalities of a letter such as “Sir”, “Yours faithfully”, etc., should be
strictly avoided.
(p)
An
office copy of a message will be maintained on the records of the originator’s
office.
(q)
A
post copy in confirmation of the wireless message will also be sent to the
addressee at the same time, as in the case of telegram.
SECURITY
1997.
(a) As all wireless
transmissions are subject to interruption by any person possessing a receiver,
there is no security attached to the transmission of a message by
wireless. Originators must, therefore,
ensure that if the contents of a message are of a secret or confidential nature
which should not be known to all, they must encypher the message before
despatching it to the wireless station for transmission. No responsibility is accepted by the
wireless staff for encyphering or deciphering messages.
(b) The receiving wireless
station will transcribe the message on a similar form and cause it to be
delivered to the addressee by a bicycle orderly, as many messages as possible
being collected in suitable batches for delivery. Police motor vehicles should not be used exclusively for the
delivery of wireless messages. If there
are urgent messages, they should be communicated to the addressee in advance by
telephone. Messages addressed to Police
officers will simply be folded and the name of the addressee to officers
outside the police department should be sent in old envelopes with utility
labels. Confidential or code messages
should be delivered in stuck down envelopes which should, in addition, be
sealed. Messages containing information
regarding political, communal or religious meetings, etc. and arrests and
movements of important persons,
dacoits, etc. should be treated
as confidential and delivered as such.
(c) Original messages sent to a wireless station
form part of the record of that office and cannot be removed and returned to
the originator, the only exception being code messages. If an originator wants
to know as to when a message delivered to a wireless station was actually
transmitted, he should make his own arrangements to get this information and
should not expect the wireless staff to do it, as a message delivered for
transmission will be transmitted by the Wireless station according to its
priority and turn.
(d) No record of coded
messages is to be kept in any wireless station. Originals of coded messages, received from originators for onward
transmission to out-stations, should be returned to them and acknowledgement taken
soon after they are cleared. Similarly,
no local record is to be kept of any coded messages received from
outstations. However, necessary entries
should be made in the local inward or outward registers as regards the disposal
of such coded messages. All code
messages, after delivery of copies to the addresses should be destroyed by
burning by the Wireless Operator
himself and a certificate to that effect entered in the ‘inward’
register.
USE OF
PRIORITY
1998.
(a) Normally, messages are
cleared according to their serial order of receipt at a wireless station, i.e.,
according to the time of receipt.
However, to ensure quick clearance of messages which are required to
reach the addressee as early as possible in view of the urgency of the text
matter, the messages are given priorities.
The following priorities are prescribed in order of urgency for use in
inter-district messages :
1. “OE” - CRASH
2. “OU” - MOST IMMEDIATE
3.
“N” - ORDINARY
4.
“S” - SERVICE
Messages
must be delivered to the Wireless stations immediately after their origination.
These Priorities should be used for Messages
described below :
(b). (1)
“OE” – Crash - When a message of
this priority is received in the wireless station, communication on all
concerned channels is suspended forthwith to enable the message bearing “Crash
Priority” to be cleared. The use of
this priority is restricted for extreme emergencies and should, therefore, be
resorted to in very exceptional circumstances.
The urgency demanding the use of such priority should be of such vital
importance that the interruption of the communication in progress, perhaps of
other urgent traffic, can be justified.
The priority may be used where the recipient has to take immediate
executive action to save human life or to prevent damage to valuable property.
2.
“OU” – Most Immediate -
The use of this priority is restricted to messages conveying information
or instructions relating to natural calamities, disturbances (communal,
anti-social and political), strikes, accidents, riots, murder, security
measures and important movements of the police which in the opinion of the
originator, should reach the addressee immediately.
3.
“OP”
– Immediate - The use of this priority
is restricted to messages conveying important information relating to law and
order for immediate attention and action for instance, information regarding
probability of strikes, disturbances or any other upheaval, movements of high
Government officials dealing with Law and Order, and Political leaders,
agitators and dangerous criminals.
4.
“N”
Ordinary – The instances mentioned above are by no means exhaustive and are
only intended as a broad guide for the use of the originators. It is the duty of the originator to consider
each case and assign the minimum priority compatible with the requirement. As a guide and also a means of ensuring the
correct use or priorities, the following entitlement of priorities is laid down
which is uniform for all the Police force in the country. An officer, however, can assign a higher
priority than he is entitled to, if the contents of message fall under the
broad subject division given above.
5.
“S”
– Service Message - The use of this
priority is strictly restricted to the Wireless staff and to the working of the
wireless system, i.e., breakdown of equipment, heavy interference, urgent
messages connected with technical observations, etc. Breakdown of equipment means only the failure of transmitters and
receivers and does not include the failure of secondary of auxiliary equipment.
The following allocations of
priorities may be made by the officers noted against each :
(a)
Most immediate : Chief Secretary, Home Secretary, District Magistrates, Director
General and Inspector General of Police, Dy. Inspector General of equivalent
rank, Supdt. of Police and Superintendent
of Police, Wireless.
(b)
Immediate : Deputy
Secretary (Home), Sub-Divisional Magistrates, Under-Secretary (Home), Deputy
Superintendent of Police and other Police Officers independent charge of Police
Stations.
(c)
Ordinary and Crash : All mentioned in Order 1991.
Note:- The above allocations have been framed for
general application only. Officers
other than those mentioned can assign any priorities provided the situation
warrants their use and they can justify their use subsequently.
“S”
Service .
. For Wireless staff only.
SCRUTINY
1999.
(a) The police wireless staff
will bring to the notice of the originators any discrepancies noticed in the
message originated and any misuse of priorities by originators. This will be done in the form of observation
slips (Form No.276) which will indicate the errors/misuse of priorities
noticed.
(b) Except so far as
messages with “S” priority are concerned, the above instructions do not affect
those in Order 2001, in connection with the Wireless phone system, messages
with priority “S” will not be affected by “WP” messages, as the former may have
to be issued to convey the receipt of a “WP” message and instructions for its
transmission.
(c) Normally, all messages will be delivered to
the addressee concerned immediately on their receipt at a station. However, between 2200 hours and 1000 hours
messages with “S”, “WP”, “OU” and “OP” priorities only will be delivered
immediately, while those with “N” priorities will be delivered after 1000
hours.
DELIVER OF WIRELESS MESSAGES
2000. At the
Bangalore headquarters, wireless messages intended for officers near the police
Wireless control room will be distributed by cycle messengers. Messages meant for officers who are far away
will be delivered by motor cycle messengers working in the branch. Superintendents of districts will provide
messengers at all fixed police wireless stations functioning in their
jurisdictions for promote delivery of messages. They will also provide messengers for mobile wireless stations
installed in their jurisdiction.
WIRELESS PHONE SYSTEM
2001 (a)
Normally, messages should not be communicated by telephone to the
operating staff for transmission over the wireless, as telephones are apt to
cause phonetic errors and be unreliable from the security point of view. The communication of messages over
telephones will also result in the telephone at the wireless station being
unnecessarily engaged. However,
messages may be conveyed over telephone in emergencies. For this purpose, a system known as the
“Wireless Phone System” has been introduced. Briefly the system is an under:-
(b) The originator dictates the message by
telephone to the Wireless Operator of the nearest wireless station and also
sends the same in the usual form, mentioning therein that it is a “W.P”
message, which means that the originator is waiting for an immediate
reply. The operator receiving the
message informs the control station and then the highest priority is given to
such message, even by interrupting the communications that may be going on
then. The control station arranges to
see that the station receiving such a message is able to contact the station
required by asking all other stations to stop their communication and to keep a
listening watch to resume work the “WP” message is cleared. The operator of the station to which the
message is transmitted, contacts the addressee on telephone and if he succeeds
and gets a reply to the message, he transmits the same by wireless. When the reply is received by the Station,
which first sent the “WP” message the operator contacts the originator and
communicates the reply on the telephone.
If the addressee is not contacted on the telephone number given or on
any other number which might be given by the person-in-charge of the telephone,
the operator will inform the originating station accordingly and the operator
then informs the originator by telephone that the addressee was not available
on any telephone number and that the message was left at the telephone number
given.
TELEGRAPHIC ADDRESS
2002. In all
the messages, as far as possible, Telegraphic abbreviated addresses of the
sender and the addressee should be used.
RECORDS TO BE
MAINTAINED BY THE WIRELESS STATIONS
2003. The
following important registers will be maintained in the wireless stations. In addition, files will be maintained by
them separately for circulars on each subject, that is for instructions on the
maintenance and operation of sets, wireless procedure, tour programmes, and
other such matters.
AT
WIRELESS STATIONS.
(a)
In and out messages Register
(Form Nos. 253 and 254).
(b)
Superior
Officers’ Visiting Book (Form No.77).
(c)
Despatch
Register (Form No.255).
(d)
Supervisors’
Visiting Book.
(e)
Duty
Roster (Form No.277).
(f)
Government
Property Register.
(g)
Attendance
Register.
(h)
History
sheets for batteries, battery chargers, Cycles, clocks, etc., (Form No.258).
(i)
Tappal
(Despatch) Book (Form No.255).
(j)
List
of fixed Police Wireless stations in India (to be kept under lock and key).
(k)
Technicians’
Visiting Book (Form No.278).
(l)
Registers
for petrol, oil, distilled water, etc., (Form No.259).
(m)
Wireless
station log (Form No.264).
(n)
Any
other registers, files and charts as ordered by the Superintendent of Police,
Wireless from time to time.
(o)
Inspection
Note Register.
(p)
Standing
Order File.
(q)
Zonal
Supervisor’s Memo File.
FORMS
2004. The
following important forms are prescribed for maintenance in the Police
Wireless.
|
Sl. No. |
Name of the Form |
Form No. |
|
1 |
Out Message Register |
254 |
|
2 |
In Message Register |
253 |
|
3 |
Despatch Register |
255 |
|
4 |
Expense Voucher |
256 |
|
5 |
Battery Maintenance Log |
257 |
|
6 |
History Sheet |
258 |
|
7 |
P.O.L. Register (Separate Book for Petrol, Oil and
D.W.) |
259 |
|
8 |
Job Card |
260 |
|
9 |
Message Form (Big) |
261 |
|
10 |
Message Form (Small) |
262 |
|
11 |
Delay Memo |
263 |
|
12 |
Wireless Log |
264 |
|
13 |
Message Form (Army) |
265 |
|
14 |
Battery charging Log |
266 |
|
15 |
Weekly Diary (Sis & Pis) |
267 |
|
16 |
Condemnation Register |
268 |
|
17 |
Equipment Defect report |
269 |
|
18 |
Stores Indent |
270 |
|
19 |
Traffic Return for the month of |
271 |
|
20 |
Bin Card |
272 |
|
21 |
Wireless Station Diary |
273 |
|
22 |
Stores Issue Voucher/Receipt Voucher/ Packing Slip |
274 |
|
23 |
Technical Stores Ledger |
275 |
|
24 |
Monthly Diary of the Superintendent, Wireless. |
13 |
|
25 |
Weekly Diary of the Deputy Superintendent of
Police, Wireless. |
13 |
|
26 |
Observation Slip |
276 |
|
27 |
Duty Roster |
277 |
|
28 |
Technicians visiting Book |
278 |
* * * * *
Object:
2005. To facilitate quick movement of the police
force and prompt and efficient performance of their duties especially in times
of emergencies such as riots, disturbances, strikes, serious outbreak of crime,
a certain number of motor vehicles of different types are provided to all
districts including the Karnataka State Reserve Police Force. A certain number of water-crafts are also
provided to the coastal districts of Dakshina Kannada and Uttara Kannada. Vehicles are alloted to sub divisions,
Cirlces and other units. In order to provide mobility to the
staff, most of the police stations are provided with jeeps.
2006. For the effective administration of the
police transport system in the State, the Director General is assisted by an
officer of the rank of a Superintendent, designated as the Superintendent,
Police Motor Transport, who is under the administrative control of Addl.
Director General of Police, TTM. He is
the technical adviser to the Director General in matters relating to purchase,
repairs, replacement and condemnation of motor vehicles. He is in direct charge of the Police Motor
Workshops in the State and is responsible for the proper maintenance of all
police vehicles including watercrafts.
He should conduct periodical inspection of all motor vehicles, stores,
workshops, M.T. Sections and test drivers, mechanics and others, about their technical knowledge and
proficiency. He should give technical
advice to the Superintendents of the District and ensure an efficient
functioning of the motor transport system.
Organisation of the Police Motor Transport:
2007. The Police motor Transport organisation
consists of (i) Police motor transport section or sections in each district and
unit and (ii) police motor transport work shops.
Police Motor Transport
Sections
2008 The Police motor vehicles as well as
water-crafts, where such water-crafts exist, will be under the control of the
officers as shown below:-
|
1 |
All Police motor vehicles
of the Bangalore City Police |
DCsP, CAR for COP |
|
2 |
All Police Motor vehicles
of the CID |
1 SP of CID nominated by
DGP, COD, Training & Economic Offences. |
|
3 |
All the Motor Vehicles of
the State Intelligence |
SP-Intelligence (Hqrs.) |
|
4 |
Staff cars and other
vehicles except those at Sl.Nos. 1, 2, 3, 11 and 12. |
Superintendent , PMT |
|
5 |
Police Motor Vehicles of
the District Police |
Superintendent of
Police of the district |
|
6 |
Police motor vehicles of
DAR, Channapatna |
SP, Bangalore District. |
|
7 |
Police motor vehicles of
Police Wireless, Bangalore |
Superintendent of
Police, Wireless, Bangalore |
|
8 |
Police motor vehicles
of K P A Karnataka |
Director, KPA, Karnataka |
|
9 |
Police motor vehicles of
PTS Channapatna |
Principal PTS Channapatna |
|
10 |
Police motor vehicles
of KSRP, Bangalore |
Commandants, KSRP
Battalions. |
|
11 |
Police motor vehicles
of Mounted Company, Karnataka |
Commandant, Mtd. Coy.,
Karnataka |
2009. When vehicles are stationed at other places
under special orders they will be under the control of the senior most officer
of that place.
2010. Each of the above concerned officers is
responsible for the proper maintenance and upkeep of the police vehicles under
his charge. For this purpose, he will personally inspect all the vehicles in
his charge once a month. He will
nominate an officer to be in
direct charge of the vehicles. Where there is a Dy. Superintendent of
Police/Reserve Inspector attached to the District Armed Reserve, he will be the
officer-in-charge. In other units, an officer of the rank of Inspector will be
nominated to be in charge of the vehicles.
The
Superintendent of Police Motor Transport, will however exercise technical
supervision over the transport system in the State.
Types of Vehicles
2011. The types of vehicles used in the
department are broadly classified into the following categories :-
|
1 |
HPV/HTV |
Buses trucks, vans, horse
float, Water Canals, etc. |
|
2 |
MPV/MTV |
Swaraj Mazda, Vans, Mini
buses, etc. |
|
3 |
LPV/LTV |
Matadors, Station vagans
etc. |
|
4 |
LMV |
Jeep, Cars (including B.P.
cars), TATA Sumo etc. |
|
5 |
MCs |
Motor Cyels (including
scooters and mopeds) |
In addition to
the above, the police motor transport
workshop will have a mobile workshop van and a workshop wrecker or
a recovery van.
The water-crafts consist of motor launches and dinghies.
Scale of Vehicles
2012. Based on the area, crime, law and order and
strength of the police force, the Director General will, subject to the orders
of the Government, fix a scale of vehicles for each district and unit.
Scale of Driving Staff
2013. Each motor transport section will be
provided with a staff at the following scale.
They shall all be recruited
under the Police Act and will be subject to rights and liabilities of a Police
Officer.
(a) Civil
Police(DAR)
One H.C
mechanic for every six motor vehicles
One H.C
driver for every van/truck/lorry
/bus/car/light van/horse float/
station wagon/matador.
One P.C. driver for every
jeep/gypsy/tata sumo
Two P.C.
riders for every motor cycle.
One P.C.
cleaner for every 2 vehicles.
(b) State Reserve Police (for 1 Battalion)
Havaldar
M.T. to assist the P.I. M.T. 1
Mechanics 7
Havildar
drivers 35
P.C.
motor cycle riders 2
Cleaners of the
rank of P.Cs 18
(c) Launch
Establishment (for each Launch)
Launch driver 1
Helmsman 1
Khalasi 3
(for each Dinghi)
Driver 1
Khalasi 1
The above scale may be
varied by the Director General or the State Government, according to the
exigencies.
Officer-in-charge of the PMT
Section
2014. The duties of the officer-in-charge of the
respective motor transport section are :
(i) to see that the vehicles are kept in tip-top
condition at all times with the assistance of the Head Constable and Mechanic, if any;
(ii) to supervise the work of mechanics, drivers and
cleaners and scrutinise all expenditure
on account of the vehicles;
(iii) to ensure that the vehicles are kept greased, oiled
cleaned and in perfect order and to bring any defects promptly to the notice of
the Superintendent/Commandant/ Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be;
(iv) to inspect the vehicle every morning before it is
sent out and check the petrol/diesel in tanks and in the can and issue sufficient quantity of petrol/diesel and oil for the day at the time of deputing the vehicle for
police duties;
(v) to inspect the vehicle and check the
petrol/diesel in the tank and in the
can on return of the vehicles after each trip or at least at the end of the
day;
(vi) subject to
such orders as may be issued from time to time by the Superintendent,
Commandant, or Deputy Commissioner, CAR
as the case may be to allot vehicles on requisition from the police officers
for purposes for which use of Government vehicle is permitted;
(vii) to arrange for prompt repairs of all police
vehicles after obtaining competent sanction;
(viii) to purchase spare parts for minor repairs after
obtaining competent sanction and following the prescribed purchase procedure;
(ix) to maintain all the connected records relating to
police vehicles, including fuel and lubricants;
(x) to be in-charge of motor parts and stores;
(xi) to see that
all the motor vehicles are insured and are renewed every year before the expiry
date. Without insurance cover he shall
not allow motor vehicles to be taken out.
(xii) He should
maintain a check post at the MT Section
gate and see that the Kilometer reading is entered while going out as also on
return in the check post register
mentioning the date, time and name of the driver. Driver of the vehicle shall initial the entries.
(xiii) He should
see that log books are written daily and monthly abstract are put up to him
before 5th of the succeeding month for perusal of Standard Rate of
Consumption, etc.
(xiv) He should
bring promptly to the notice of the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy
Commissioner, CAR all cases of irregularity, indiscipline, misuse of vehicle,
accidents etc., and
(xv) He should
to maintain a duty roster for mechanics, drivers and cleaners. In the case of Police vehicles sanctioned in
places other than the headquarters of the officer-in-charge, the Police Officer
in whose immediate control the vehicle is placed will be responsible for
performing the duties of the officer-in-charge, except that repairs, purchase,
etc., will be done by the officer in charge who will periodically inspect such
vehicles.
Duties of H.C. Mechanics
2015. H.C. mechanic will
work as technical assistant to the officer-in-charge. His duties are
(1) to check the vehicles every day for their tip-top
condition;
(2) to attend to minor repairs which can be carried out
by him;
(3)
to
keep and maintain all tools and equipment given to his charge in proper
condition;
(4)
to
report the major defects in the vehicles ;
(5)
to
assist the officer-in-charge in maintaining registers and other connected
records;
(6)
to
carry out such other duties as may be assigned to him by the officer-in-charge;
and
(7)
to
give instructions to drivers and trainees in
driving, cleaning and
maintenance duties whenever required so that vehicles may be driven correctly
and kept in tip-top condition.
Duties of Drivers
2016. (1) Each vehicle will be in the immediate
charge of a driver of the rank of H.C. Havildar or PC as the case may be.
The driver will be personally responsible for the proper and efficient
running condition of the vehicle entrusted to his charge and for the
supervision of the cleaner’s work. Every driver should have a valid driving
licence.
(2) The driver
should always be available for duty. He
should work for such hours as may be necessary. He should not leave the lines without the permission of the officer-in-charge.
(3) When present
in headquarters, he will attend morning parades daily unless he had been out on duty later than 10 p.m. the previous
day.
(4) He is held
responsible for the maintenance of the log books of the vehicle and to
account for the consumption of oil, petrol and grease. Any wastage or unusual consumption should be
accounted for by him to the officer-in-charge of the vehicles.
(5) Before
starting the vehicle, he shall
carefully examine and see if the vehicle is in running order and properly
equipped.
(6) The driver
may carry out minor repairs and adjustments under instructions from the H.C.
Mechanic.
(7) He will not ordinarily make a journey
alone. He will take with him a cleaner
if one is available. This will not,
however, apply to staff cars, jeeps,
station wagons, tata sumos and motor cycles. He should always be in uniform
while on duty except while driving motor vehicles of the Intelligence
Branch and the Criminal Investigation Department and hold a current driving
licence for the type of vehicle driven by him.
(8) He should
carry the registration certificate and other
documents as required under the M.V. Act and Rules as well as the log
book.
(9) When the
vehicle is ordered to be taken out, the ignition key will be handed over to the
driver. When the vehicle is not running
or is parked, the ignition key should
be taken out and kept by the driver.
(10) The driver
or cleaner or in their absence, a constable should invariably be near the vehicle
when it is stationed and is not parked in a covered secured garage.
(11) In the
event of any accident or breakdown in the course of journey, the driver will immediately communicate information to
the nearest Police Station and will apply for any assistance required to get
the vehicle back to headquarters.
(12) Any accident resulting in damage to any
other vehicle or injury to any person or animal should be similarly reported to
the Station House Officer of the nearest Police Station.
(13) The driver
will render first aid to the injured person or persons, if any, and also give
immediate assistance for rendering
medical help to them.
(14) He will also report the matter at once to the
officer-in-charge giving full particulars of the damage or defect and its
cause.
(15) He will be held responsible for any damage to
the vehicle or loss of any component parts.
(16) He is
responsible to see that the police vehicle given to his charge is not driven
by any other person than the one authorised.
(17) If the
Kilometerage meter does not function, the driver shall not drive the vehicle
unless the officer to whom the vehicle is allotted explains the circumstances
in which he had to use the vehicle, although the Kilometerage meter stopped
functioning.
(18) Drivers of
the vehicles of the Police Department will be provided with driving licences at
the cost of the Government.
Duties of Cleaners
2017. (1)
The cleaner should always be
available for duty. He should work for
such hours as may be necessary. He
should not leave the lines without the permission of the officer-in-charge.
(2) When present in headquarters, he will attend
morning parades daily unless he had
been out on duty later than 10 p.m. the previous day.
(3) The cleaner under the supervision of the driver is
responsible for the maintenance of the vehicle in a clean
condition and will assist the driver in carrying out minor repairs and
adjustments. He will, when ordered
accompany the driver whenever the vehicle is taken out.
Duties of the Crew of the
Launches and Dinghies
2018 . (I) Launch
(1) Driver-
To start and stop engine and manipulate
gears as required by helmsman. He is
responsible for the care, maintenance and servicing of the engine and all mechanical appliances and auxiliaries and shall maintain the log and other
records. He shall also arrange to post
a watch by one or two members of the crew on board at all times.
(2) Helmsman
: To steer and pilot the craft
and look after the daily cleaning and maintenance and painting of the craft and
control of khalasis. He shall be
responsible for keeping all the accessories in good condition and storage, to
anchor or tie up the launch satisfactorily in a safe place and see that all
safety precautions are taken for the
upkeep of the launch.
(3) Second
Driver :- Shall assist the driver-in-charge and
officiate for him in his absence or relieve him whenever required.
(4) Khalasis – To carry out all the duties as lawfully assigned by the helmsman
or driver.
(ii) Dinghies :
(1)
Driver : Shall carry out the combined duties of
driver-in-charge and helmsman in the maintenance, running and storage, as
specified for launches.
(2) Khalasi – Shall carry out all duties assigned by the driver.
Police Motor Transport Workshop
2019. (1) There are two police motor transport
workshops in the State, one at Belgaum and another at Bangalore. Regional Workshops may also be established
at such other places as the Government may sanction from time to time.
(1)
Belgaum
– The Belgaum workshop is in charge of an Inspector, P.M.T., with necessary
technical staff such as fitters, mechanics and undertake major and minor
repairs of all types of vehicles. It
also undertakes the body building of motor vehicles of the department and is
equipped with necessary machines, jigs and tools. It will be under the administrative control of the
Superintendent, Police Motor Transport.
(2)
Bangalore
– The Bangalore workshop is in charge of an Inspector, P.M.T with necessary
staff and will be under the administrative control of the Superintendent,
P.M.T. Its functions are to maintain
and undertake such major and minor repairs as are possible, of not only police
vehicles in Bangalore City but also others in the nearby districts.
(3)
A
mobile workshop van fitted with equipment and manned by technicians is attached
to each workshop. This mobile workshop
tours the various districts within the area assigned to it at frequent/regular
intervals and repairs vehicles on the site.
Second line repairs are carried out by the mobile workshop. Repairs to water-crafts are carried out at
the site by this mobile van.
Purchase of Motor Vehicles
2020. The purchase of motor vehicles either for
replacement of unserviceable motor vehicles or for additional vehicles for the
department, requires the sanction of Government. All purchases of vehicles will be made by the
Director-General through Additional
Director General of Police, TTM according to purchase rules. Payment for purchase of motor vehicles will
be arranged by the Director General whereas payment towards cost of materials,
etc., required for body building and repairs in the workshop will be made by
the Superintendent, Police Motor Transport, direct out of the funds allotted to
him.
Condemnation and Replacement
2021. (1) Regarding the condemnation of the
off-road and irreparable motor vehicles the Government has empowered the Heads
of the Departments to issue orders for condemnation after following the
prescribed procedure (Circular No.DPAR 306 Si Va Ni 93 dated 18-01-94).
(2) Normally vehicles will be considered for condemnation
after they have run for over 15 years and satisfied the above conditions.
(3) A vehicle should not be considered for condemnation
unless it has undergone two major overhauls and three minor overhauls and has
run the prescribed KMs after the last overhaul. After this period the vehicle may be reconditioned for further
service if the total expenditure on earlier repairs/overhauls including
estimated expenditure on present repairs of the vehicle does not exceed the
present replacement cost of the vehicle.
(4) At the end
of October each year, the Superintendent, Commandant or the
Commissioner, as the case may be, will present for inspection all police motor
vehicles under their charge by either the Motor Vehicle Inspector of the State
Transport Department. The Superintendents, Commandant, and the Commissioner
will forward a list of motor vehicles which have become unserviceable and
require to be replaced, furnishing the following particulars.
(1) Serial number .
(2) Reg. No. of the vehicle
(3) Make and type of the vehicle
(4) Year of manufacture.
(5) Date of purchase of the vehicle
(6) Original cost of the vehicle, including the cost of
body building,
(7) Expenditure incurred on repairs to the vehicles
during its entire life.
(8) Date and cost of last repairs
(9) Total mileage done during its entire life.
(10) Opinion of the Motor Vehicle Inspector upon
inspection of the proposed vehicle for condemnation.
(11) Remarks of the Superintendent/Commandant/Unit
Officers
(12) Remarks of the Range Inspector General
/Commissioner.
Separate statement should be sent in respect of each
vehicle.
The Superintendent, PMT will examine the
recommendations of the Superintendents,
Commandants, Commissioners and Unit Officers and furnish his specific
opinion to the Director General in
respect of each vehicle. Thereafter,
the Director General as Head of the Department will order the condemnation of
unserviceable vehicles.
Disposal of Condemned Vehicles
2022. (a) The Unit Officers will conduct public
auction to sell the condemned vehicles by following the procedure prescribed in
this behalf and send a report in a name cover to Additional Director General of
Police, TTM intimating the highest bid and the value fixed by the RTO in
respect of each vehicle so that the order of the Director General will be
issued for the final disposal of the vehicle.
The Director General will issue the final disposal order on the
recommendations of the Addl. Director General of Police, TTM.
(b) The sale
proceeds of the vehicle should be credited to the treasury under receipts ‘055 Police, 5 other Receipts’, and
that of sales tax to the appropriate treasury head.
(c) The details of challan number, date of credit and name of the treasury, etc., should be
reported to the Addl. DG of Police, TTM.
Body Building on Chassis
2023. (1) The bodies of the police motor vehicles
will be constructed according to
specifications and designs suggested by the Superintendent, Police Motor
Transport, and approved by the Director-General. The bodies will be painted in royal blue on the outside and light
gray on the inside. This will not,
however, apply to staff cars and station wagons which will be in white.
(2) The body building work will ordinarily be carried out
in the PMT workshop itself, the materials required for the purpose being
purchased according to purchase rules.
Registration
2024. The allotment of new vehicles will be made
by the Director General. On such
allotment, the Superintendent/Commandant/Commissioner/Unit Officers, as the
case may be, should take immediate action
to have the vehicle registered in his official designation without which the vehicle should not be used.
Insurance
2025. (a) All Police motor vehicles should be
insured with the Karnataka Government Insurance Department(Motor
Branch) for third party risk only.
(b) The Superintendent/Commandant/Commissioner/Unit Officer,
as the case may be, is responsible to see that the insurance policy is obtained
and kept current and the ‘No claim bonus’ and other concessions allowed by the Insurance Department for keeping the
policy in force are fully availed of.
(c) Payment for
insurance premia shall be made from the office contingencies. (d)
No police vehicle should be put on the road without requisite insurance cover.
Maintenance
2026. The life and serviceability of a vehicle
depend upon its proper and efficient maintenance. All officers to whom the vehicles of the department are allowed
should bestow their utmost attention to the proper maintenance of the
vehicles. Apart from the daily inspection
of the vehicles by the officer-in-charge, the following points should also be
borne in mind:
(1) The vehicle should be driven by the regular
driver or cleaner when specially authorised
by the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, CAR as the
case may be. No person other than the
regular driver or a specially authorised cleaner will drive it except with the
express permission of the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner,
CAR as the case may be, nor will any authorised person be carried in the
vehicle;
(2) The vehicle
should be checked by the driver and the mechanic where there is one, before it
is sent out on duty, for road worthiness;
(3) The vehicles
should be cleaned daily. The washing of
the vehicles will be done on the platform outside, but not inside the garage;
(4) The
undersides of all mudguards and the engine tray should be cleaned
regularly. The underbody and chassis
should also be cleaned regularly. The
tie-rods, brake-rods and all exposed moving joints should be touched up once on
a week with a mixture of kerosene and engine oil;
(4) Lubrication
should be carried out once a week;
(5) The engine
should be periodically decarbonised;
(6) The battery
should be examined weekly and distilled water added when necessary. The level should never be allowed to fall
below the level of the top of the
plates. The battery terminals should be
greased;
(7) The tyres
should be maintained at the correct pressure recommended by the makes for the
different types of vehicles;
(8) The driver
of the vehicle should always carry a serviceable spare tyre and tube ready for
substitution as well as complete repair outfit whenever the vehicle is taken
out. list of items of outfit, which
should be maintained and carried in the vehicle is given below:-
|
1 |
Hammer medium |
1 |
|
2 |
Screw driver large |
1 |
|
3 |
Brush engine cleaning |
1 |
|
4 |
Oil can |
1 |
|
5 |
Tyre pressure guage |
1 |
|
6 |
Lubricating gun |
1 |
|
7 |
Jack Complete |
1 |
|
8 |
Tape insulating roll |
1 |
|
9 |
Lever tyre |
2 |
|
10 |
Pliers |
1 |
|
11 |
Screw driver small |
1 |
|
12 |
Tyre valve tool |
1 |
|
13 |
Handle wheel nut wrench |
1 |
|
14 |
Range of spanner set of 6 |
1 set |
|
15 |
Wheel nut wrench |
1 |
|
16 |
Padlocks with keys |
2 |
|
17 |
Starting handle |
1 |
|
18 |
Petrol can for water |
1 |
|
19 |
Box tool kit |
1 |
|
20 |
Wrench adjusting |
1 |
|
21 |
Air line (if supplied) |
1 |
|
22 |
Block wood for jack |
1 |
|
23 |
Vehicle log book |
1 |
|
24 |
Fuel indent book |
1 |
(10) Should a tyre be punctured or changed with the
spare, a note or the fact with the milometer reading will be made at once in
the logbook and other records. The
tyres should be examined daily for cuts and for foreign bodies and nails, which
may be embedded in the outer cover and likely to work through and cause
punctures. When vulcanization is
necessary, a report must be at once to the Reserve Inspector who will
immediately attend to the matter;
(11) Immediately on return from a trip, the vehicle
should be properly cleaned by the driver and cleaner and left in the garage
under lock and key;
(12) When a vehicle is not on duty or is being cleaned,
it will be kept in the garage, which will be locked;
(13) One key of the garage should be with the
officer-in-charge of the Reserve and the second key with the orderly Reserve
Sub-Inspector. The key will be issued
to the driver under acknowledgement;
(14) No work
should be done in the garage between sunset and sunrise except under the
special order of the officer-in-charge of the vehicles;
(15) No naked
lights should be allowed in the garage at any time and smoking when at work on
the vehicles or in the garage, is strictly forbidden;
(16) Before the
vehicle is taken out in the morning, the kilometer reading shall be noted and
the petrol in the tank measured. The
tank should always be kept half-full.
It should be refilled whenever the contents fall to less than half its
capacity. The oil level should be
checked and necessary oil added to keep the engine set up at full level. The kilometer trip recorder shall be set at
zero;
(17) The kilometer reading should again be
taken when the vehicle is garaged in the evening;
(18) The dily
readings of the kilometer shall be checked by the officer-in-charge of the
vehicles. The officer-in-charge and the
Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, C.A.R., as the case may be,
are responsible to see that kilometers are got repaired immediately they go out
of order;
(19) The vehicle
should not be driven faster than the speed limit shown below, except in the
gravest emergency, and then, only under special orders from the senior officer
in the vehicle;
|
Sl. No. |
Type of Vehicle |
Maximum speed limit |
|
1 |
1-10 ton Vans/Trucks |
40 K.M. per hour |
|
2 |
Mini bus/Metador and other
light vehicles except Jeeps and Cars. |
50 K.M. per hour |
|
3 |
Jeeps |
60 K.M. per hour |
|
4 |
Staff cars |
70 K.M. per hour |
|
5 |
Motor Cycles |
50 K.M. per hour |
(20) These speed
limits are the maximum fixed for open roads.
Drivers should, however, conform to the speed limits fixed under the
M.V. Act and Rules in any given locality;
(21) Whenever a
vehicle is not used continuously for 7 days, it should be taken out and run for
30-40 Kms and such trips noted as
maintenance trips.
Petrol, Oil and Lubricants
2027. (i) Purchase of Petrol/Diesel
for use of departmental motor vehicles should be made from petrol bunks located
nearest to the place of location of the vehicles.
(ii) In cases where petrol pumps are operated by the
police department, the requirements of petrol/diesel should be drawn from the
departmental pump.
(iii) Advantage of highest rates of rebate, if any,
allowed, should always be availed of when petrol/diesel is drawn from local dealers.
(iv) Indents in Form No.287 should invariably be used
while obtaining supplies of petrol/diesel and oil, duly signed by the
Superintendent, Commandant or the Deputy Commissioner, C.A.R., as the case may
be.
(v) All purchases of petrol/diesel and oil whether on
indent or otherwise, should invariably be entered in the logbook.
(vi) In units where there are a large number of motor
vehicles, engine oil for the use of the
vehicles may, with advantage, be purchased in bulk from the firms with whom the
Stores Purchase Department or the Director General of Supplies and Disposals,
have entered into rate contract or those selling at competitive rates.
(vii) When such
purchases are made in bulk, proper account of receipt and issue to each vehicle
should be maintained and proportionate expenditure debited to the vehicle
concerned while calculating monthly expenditure. The incident of loss due to evaporation should be worked out each
month and competent sanction obtained promptly during the succeeding
month. Unit Officers controlling
departmental bunks should take necessary precautionary measures to keep the
incidence of evaporation at the barest minimum.
(viii) When
petrol is drawn at the petrol pumps operated by the department by any unit of
the department the cost of the same will be met from the funds at the disposal
of the unit officer under whom the pump is operated, and only the cost
intimated to the unit concerned for note in the concerned records.
Tyres and Tubes
2028. (1) Tyres form an important part of the
vehicle. They should be maintained in
good condition and checked before taking out a vehicle.
(2) Every tyre
is given the company’s serial number which should invariably be noted in the
log book and other concerned records.
(3) Tyre should
not be changed from one vehicle to the other without specific written
instructions from the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner,
C.A.R./Unit Officer as the case may be.
All changes of tyres when so authorised and done, should immediately be
noted in the logbook and other concerned records. The number of miles already done by such tyres will also be
noted.
(4) The tyres
should be periodically inspected and as far as possible, the tyres should be
got retreaded well in time. The
retreading of the same tyre could be got done twice or thrice.
(5) The cost of
retreading is treated as an item of repair, and the expenditure may be
sanctioned by the Superintendent, Commandant or Commissioner/Unit Officer as
the case may be.
(6) Where
retreading is not possible, tyre may be condemned after a personal inspection
by the Commissiioner, Inspector General of the
Range, Superintendent or Commandant, Unit Officer as the case may be,
and a new tyre purchased.
(7) Where a tyre
and tube have done the priscribed milage, the condemnation and replacement can
be sanctioned by the Commissioner, Inspector General of the Range,
Superintendent or Commandant/Unit Officer, as the case may be. In other cases, sanction of Government is
necessary.
(8) With a view
to ensuring long service and durability of the tyres and tubes, the following
instructions should be strictly followed:-
(i)
the
vehicles should not be parked in the hot sun without shelter.
(ii)
Overloading
of vehicles should be avoided.
(iii)
The
crack on the tyres and the punctures of the tubes should be repaired and
vulcanised promptly.
(iv)
The
vehicles should be driven at normal speed.
(v)
The
vehicle should be started gradually and while stopping, it should be slowed
down and stopped.
(vi)
Brakes
should be applied only when necessary and gradually.
(vii)
The
vehicle should be driven slowly while negotiating curves; corners and traffic
islands.
(viii)
The
wheel alignment should be checked and corrected, if necessary as it causes
uneven wear and affects petrol consumption.
(ix)
The
tyre positions should be changed regularly after 4,000 Kms or earlier, if
necessary. The tyres should be changed
diagonally.
(x)
Every
time the tyres are changed and after the monsoon, the tyres should be removed
and the rims should be cleaned with sand paper, painted and dressed with French
chalk before the tyres and tubes are refitted.
(xi)
Action
should be taken well in advance to get the tyres retreaded.
(xii)
When
a tyre is worn out and the canvas is just about to appear, immediate action
should be taken to get the tyre
retrreaded to ensure better mileage.
Repairs
2029. (1)
Whenever any defect is noticed in the working of a police vehicle, the
officer-in-charge of the vehicle, should immediately get the vehicle examined
by the M.T. mechanic of the district, and if the defect is very minor and could
be rectified without any need for replacement of the parts, it should be got done
immediately and a report of the defects noticed, action taken and the
expenditure involved together with the bill of cost sent to the district police
office for necessary sanction and arranging payment.
(2) In case a
vehicle is in need of replacement of parts
due to long wear and tear or other
justifiable reasons, the opinion of the local workshop should be got as to the
parts to be replaced and the cost thereof.
(3) Where replacement
proposed is substantial, the opinion of the M.V. Inspector would be obtained
and competitive quotations from reputed firms obtained. The repairs should only be got executed
after obtaining the sanction of the competent authority.
(4) Under no circumstances, should the engine be split
open to obtain an opinion without the approval of the Superintendent, Police
Motor Transport or an officer authorised by him.
(5) Whenever major repairs are required to be made, the
opinion of the M. V. Inspector should
be obtained and the possibility of getting the vehicle repaired in the
departmental workshop considered before entrusting the work to private firms.
(6) When major repairs are proposed for a vehicle, full
details of the date of purchase of the vehicle, the mileage done, the date and
cost of last repairs, should invariably accompany the proposals.
(7) Whenever repairs are got executed in the departmental
workshop, all expenditure on purchase of spare parts, etc., will be paid for
from the funds placed at the disposal of the Superintendent, Belgaum, or the
Commissioner, Bangalore, as the case may be, and the details of the expenditure
will be sent to the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner,
C.A.R./Unit Officer as the case may be, for note in the concerned records.
(8) (i) The financial powers of departmental officers in
respect of repairs as per G.O. No. FD7 1 TFP 91, dated 16-9-1991 are as
follows:-
|
Sl. No. |
Designation of the
Official |
Description of powers |
||
|
Major overhaul |
Minor overhaul |
Petty repairs |
||
|
1 |
Head of the Department. |
Full Powers |
Full powers |
Full powers |
|
2 |
Divisional level officers. |
Rs.6000/- per heavy
vehicle and Rs.3000/- per light vehicle each time. |
Rs.4000/- per heavy
vehicle and Rs.2500/- per light vehicle each time. |
Rs.5000/- per annum per
heavy vehicle and Rs.3000/- P.A., per light vehicle. |
|
3 |
District level officers. |
Rs.3000/- per heavy
vehicle and Rs.2000/- per light vehicle each time. |
Rs.2000/- per heavy
vehicle and Rs.1000/- per light vehi-cle each time. |
Rs. 2000/- per annum per
heavy vehicle and Rs.1500/- P.A per light vehicle. |
|
4. |
Declaration of Officers to
exercise common financial powers in Government Order No. FD 3 TFP 80, Dated
29.04.1981. |
|||
|
(1) |
Divisional level officers. |
1.
Inspectors General of Police
of Ranges & DIGs including those
at Headquarters. 2.
Director K.P.A. |
||
|
(2) |
District level officers. |
1.
Asst. Inspector General of Police. 2.
Superintendents of Police of
Districts. 3.
Principal , KSPTS. 4.
Dy. Commissioners and other officers of S.P. Rank. 5.
Commandants, K.S.R.P. 6.
Commandant, Mounted Company, Mysore. |
||
(ii) Mileage/Kilometerage for overhauling under Rule
40-A-3(b) and (c) of M C E 1958 as amended in
by Government of Karnataka in Notification No.FD 10 TCE 93, dated 21.09.95.
|
Nature of
overhaul |
Prescribed Meterage |
Type of Vehicle |
Relaxable limit |
|
Major overhaul |
1,28,000 Kms. |
Heavy vehicle |
20 % |
|
96,000
Kms. |
Light vehicle |
20 % |
|
|
Minor overhaul |
64,000 Kms. |
Heavy vehicle |
50 % |
|
50,000 Kms. |
Light vehicle |
50 % |
(iii) Classification of vehicles as per G.O.No. FD 10 TCE
93 dated 21.09.1995.
Vehicles having 16 H.P. and above are classified as Heavy
Vehicles. Others are treated as light
vehicles.
(iv) Re-treading of Tyres as per rule M.C.e. 55 (40) –
order No. FD 10 TCE 93, dated 21.09.1995.
|
Types of Vehicles |
Renewal of Tyres and Tubes
or retreading |
1st Retreaded tyres |
2nd Retreaded Tyres |
|
Cars |
28,000 Kms. |
16,000 Kms. |
12,000 Kms. |
|
Jeeps and Vans |
25,000 Kms. |
15,000 Kms. |
10,000 Kms. |
|
Lorries |
24,000 Kms. |
12,000 Kms. |
10,000 Kms. |
|
Buses |
33,000 Kms. |
24,000 Kms. |
16,000 Kms. |
|
M/C |
20,000 Kms. |
10,000 Kms. |
- |
Note:- (1) As per Government
Order Head of the Department can relax up to 10%.
(2) The officers who have the powers to replace tyres and
tubes and to get them retreaded will also have the powers to purchase Stepney,
Tyre, Tube with Flap for the vehicle as per the G.O.
(v) BATTERIES : (1) Officers in charge of vehicles may
replace the worn out batteries, subject to the condition that such purchases
are got ratified by the head of the department. Such purchases should invariably be made from the firms
recognised by the S.P.D., as per G.O. No. FD 6 TCE 87, dated 15.12.1992.
(vi) Purchase of Tools as per G.O. No. HD 440 PEG 81,
dated 01.10.1981.
|
(1). Description of Powers |
DGP/COP and K.S.R.P. |
/D.I.G.P. Ranges and
others including H.Qrs. |
SPs., DCPs., Commandants
and other equivalent ranks Director, K P A. Mysore and Principal, KSPTS,
Channapatna. |
|
To sanction purchase of
tools, Machinary and equipments required for Motor Body Building and repairs
in departmental Workshops. |
Rs.10000/- P.A. in respect
of PCMT Workshop, Belgaum. Rs.7500/= per annum in
respect of CAR workshop, Bangalore. R.5000/= per annum in
respect of MT Section of each Dist. |
Upto Rs.500/- each time
and Rs.3000/- per annum. |
Rs. 200/- each time
Rs.1000/- P.A. |
|
Band and Fatigue duty
instruments |
Rs.2500/- P.A. per unit. |
Rs.1000/- P.A. per unit. |
Rs.500/- P.A. per unit. |
(vii) Waive of Evaporation loss of Petrol in departmental
Bunks as per Government Order No.HD 226 REC 69, dated 28.01.1970.
Head of the Department upto 1.50%
Divisional level officers upto 1.00%
Supdts. of Police upto 0.75%
Petty repairs to Motor
Launches and Dinghies as per Government Order No. HD 343 REC 75, Dated
03.02.1976.
Launches Dinghies/Boats
Supdts. of Police, Rs.250/- each time Rs.75/-
each time
D.K.
M’lore and Rs.1000/- P.A. Rs.300/- P.A.
U.K. Karwar.
(viii) As per Government Order No. HD 144 REC 74 Dated
04.04.75.
1. Dy. Inspector General of
Police .
. Rs.500/- for small Boats
2. Inspector
General of Police . . Rs.3000/- P.A. per boat/Launch
(ix) Condemnation of Unserviceable Spare parts and
Unserviceable vehicles before final disposal of unserviceable spare parts. The Unserviceable spare parts should be got
inspected by I.M.V. and certified that they are not useful, any further and is
condemned.
Condemnation of
Unserviceable Spare parts as per Government Order No. HD 127 PEG 75, dated
30.07.1975.
1. Head of the Department .
. Full powers.
2. Dy. Inspectors General of
Police . . Rs.5000/= each time unit/district.
3. Supdts. of Police .
. Rs.100/- each time each
unit
Rs.500/-
per annum.
Condemnation of Tyres, Tubes and Flaps:-
1) Head of the
Department . . Full powers allowing relaxation of 15% to the
prescribed metreage for condemnation.
2) Dy. Inspector General of
Police . . Full powers when prescribed metreage done.
3) Supdts. of Police .
. Full powers when prescribed
metreage done.
(x) Standard rate of consumption of fuels has
to be fixed as follows:
(i) After
purchase or overhaul every vehicle should be examined by the Officers incharge
as to the number of kilometers it gives per litre of petrol or diesel after an
initial run of 1000 KMs in case of four-wheelers and 250 K.Ms in case of
two-wheelers, and that fact should be recorded in the log book of the vehicle
under attestation. The rate of
consumption so recorded shall be treated as the standard rate of consumption
and that rate will hold good till it is revised.
(ii) The
recorded rate of consumption should be revised by the concerned Officer once a
year or earlier if the condition of the vehicle warrants it, or if the
circumstances in which the rate of
consumption so fixed have changed. The
controlling officer may also at his discretion get the fuel consumption of any
vehicle examined and have it recorded in the log book (Notification No.FD 10
TCE 93 dated 21.9.95).
Registers
2030 The following registers will be maintained by the
officer-in-charge of the vehicle in each district or unit as the case may be:
(1) Register of Motor Vehicles in Form No.279.
(2) Register showing the expenditure incurred on the
maintenance of each of the vehicles in Form No. 280.
(3) Register showing the several items of expenditure on
motor vehicles in Form No.281.
(4)
Register
showing a list of tools and articles of outfit supplied to each vehicle in
Form No. 282.
(5) Register of condemned articles in Form No. 283.
(6) Attendance Register in Form No. 284.
(8)
Register
showing the progressive expenditure on petrol and oil in
Form No. 285.
Instructions for Maintenance of Registers
2031. (1) Register of Motor
Vehicles in Form No.279. The form is
self-explanatory.
(2) Register of monthly expenditure on each vehicle in
Form No.280.
The details of all expenditure incurred every month on
the maintenance of each vehicle will be entered in this register. Sufficient number of pages will be set apart
for each vehicle and the expenditure incurred under several items during the
month will be entered.
The total expenditure for each half-year should be struck
in red-ink.
(3) Register of Expenditure in Form No.281.
This register will contain progressive expenditure on
motor vehicles under all heads. The
entries in this register should be made promptly and properly as they form the
basis for verification of claims for settlement.
(4) Register of Tools in Form No.282.
This register will show the list of tools and outfit
supplied to vehicles. Sufficient number
of pages will be allotted for each vehicle in the register.
(5) Register of Condemned Tools, Spare Parts and other
Articles in Form No.283.
All articles condemned on replacement, should be entered
in this register and the details of disposals recorded therein.
The condemned articles should be disposed of in public auction
once a year and the proceeds credited to “055 Police 5 other receipts”.
(6) Attendance Register in Form No.284.
(i) The officer-in-charge of
the vehicles will maintain an attendance register in
Form No. 284.
(ii) (a) When the vehicles
is fit, it must be marked ‘F’.
(b) When it is unfit, it must be marked ’S’
(sick).
(c) When the vehicle goes on duty, it must be
marked (OD).
The above markings should be made day-to-day.
Procedure for Payment of
Supplies and Repairs for Maintenance of Vehicles.
2032. (1) All claims on
account of expenditure on motor vehicles should be dealt with in the same
manner as contingent bills for supplies and services, the expenditure being
debited to the head “255 police 6 D.P.F. III Police Motor Transport 3 M.V.S.”.
(2) All claims should be preferred on a ‘Detailed
Contingent Bill Payable at Treasury’ form.
(3) All charges should be paid as expeditiously as
possible and where the amounts are not paid from the permanent advance, the D.C.
Bill may be endorsed in favour of the party, and the bills delivered to the
party with instructions to present them to the treasury and receive payment
without delay.
(4) If the firm supplying the stores is located outside
the district, Bank drafts should be obtained and sent.
(5) It is the responsibility of the Superintendent,
Commandant and Commissioner, to see that bills for charges relating to
purchases made, are obtained promptly and payment arranged with the least
possible delay.
(6) Monthly bills on account of charges relating to
petrol and oil should be accompanied by statement in Form No.285 indicating the
progress of expenditure to ensure that the limits prescribed are not exceeded.
(7) In the case of purchase of spare parts and
accessories, etc., bills should be prepared as soon as such purchases are made.
(8) In respect of repairs to the motor vehicles, whenever
possible, a guarantee of satisfactory service for a specified period should be
obtained from the firm so that any defects noticed within the period of
guarantee could be got rectified without any additional expenses to Government.
(9) A certificate that the repairs have been executed
satisfactorily should be recorded on the bill containing such claims.
Logbook
2033. (i) A
log book should be
maintained for each vehicle in Form
No.286 consisting of three parts Part I, Part II and Part III. The Book will be in the custody of the
driver.
(ii) In Part I, the details of all journeys, performed as
well as purchase of petrol, oil or grease should be entered. In Parts II and III, all servicing, repairs.
Purchase of accessories and spare parts, should be entered under the respective
headings.
(iii) Whenever a journey is performed, the officer
travelling in the vehicle should make
all relevant entries in the register.
(iv) The
kilometer reading at the time of starting and at the close of the journey, with
time, should invariably be recorded clearly detailing the purpose of use.
(v) When several officers travel in the vehicle, the
senior-most officer should make the entries and attest the same.
(vi) The entries should be reviewed by the end of the month and the total of all
relevant columns struck.
(vii) The Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy.
Commissioner, C.A.R., as the case may be, should scrutinise the register at
least once a month and see that entries
are made promptly.
Use of Police Vehicles
2034. The purpose for which the several types of vehicles may be used by the
departmental officers, are enumerated below :-
I. Staff Cars
Staff cars may be used by the Director
General/ADG/IGP for –
(1)
escorting and piloting
distinguished visitors, foreign dignitaries and VIPs
(2) Official work in the headquarters or outside such
as surprise visits to police officers, police stations and outposts, etc.,
surprise checks, inspection, visitation to places of disturbances and scenes of
crime and any emergent purpose; and
(3) Any other official duties at or outside the
headquarters at the discretion of the Director General.
Staff cars also be used by the Deputy Inspector
General for -
(1) Official use, surprise visits to police offices
station or outposts surprise checks, visitations of scene of grave crime
and other emergencies when the vehicle
is not required for pilot and escort duties; and
(2) any other
official duties as may be necessary under the special orders of the Director General.
Staff cars may also be used
by the Superintendent of police and officers of that status for-
(a) Official use, surprise visits of police stations or
outposts surprise checks visitations of scene
of grave crime and other emergencies when the car is not required for
pilot and escort duties for transport of high officials of dignitaries of the State or States or of the
Government of India when they visit the State and for use of senior police
officers.
(b) Any other official duties as may be necessary under
special orders of the Director General of Police.
II. Buses/matadors and other similar vehicles
The Station Wagons at Bangalore may be used for -
(a) transporting police officers in connection with
special duties; and
(b) for other duties as ordered by the Director General,
Additional Director General,
Commissioner, Inspector General of Police, Deputy Inspector-General or
Superintendent, as the case may be.
III. Jeeps
Jeeps may be used for -
(1) piloting and escorting VIPs and distinguished
visitors in the absence of staff cars
(2) proceeding to the scene of occurrence in heinous and grave
crimes for purpose of investigation;
(3) supervision
of road patrol arrangement in connection with special duties;
(4) patrolling for prevention of
crime;
(5) surprise checks and inspection and speed trap of motor vehicles, petition enquiry,
etc;
(6) visit of scene of motor accident,
fire or any other kind of accident; and
(7) other police duties as
ordered by the Commissioner, Superintendent or Commandant, as the case may be.
Maruti cars, Maruti gypsy, Tata
Sumo and other vehicles also can be used for VIP escort and pilot duties and other duties as specified
by the DG & IG. Tata Sumos are to
be used for patrolling the
National Highways and similar
duties.
Cranes- Cranes are used for road clearance.
Ambulance- They are to be used for
carrying persons injured during accidents, and in
other cases.
IV. Police Vans/Trucks
Police vans/trucks may be used by the departmental
officers for the following purposes;
(1)
movement
of police force to disturbed areas or places of congregation during jatras,
fairs and festivals, etc.;
(2)
escort
of treasure to and from bank and treasuries;
(3)
escort
of prisoners to and from Jails and Lock-ups;
(4)
transport
of armed guards for duties at the
lock-ups, banks and treasuries in the cities of Bangalore and Mysore and at
other district headquarters, if the distance is more than 2 miles from the
headquarters;
(5)
transport
of police officers and men or conducting investigation of grave crime, gambling
raids, etc. ;
(6)
transport
of kit articles, stationery, and tear gas materials, stores, etc., from Chief
Office stores to the district headquarters and from the district headquarters
to the police stations and the outposts when necessary and from the Government
stationery deport ;
(7)
transport
of hay, grass, and other feed articles for the Mounted Company, Mysore , from outside and for the Mounted
Company Detachment at Bangalore;
(8)
transport
of Police Personnel for road lining and other special duties and transport
of food, etc., for personnel employed on such duties;
(9)
patrolling of disturbed or crime-ridden areas
in cities and other places;
(10) Transport of police
personnel to the shooting range for periodical firing
practice;
(11) patrol along the
borders for prevention of smuggling of food-grains liquor,
narcotic drugs etc.
(12) transport of band
personnel to several places in the State on duty and
attendance at public and other functions;
(13) transport of police personnel for
participation in recognised sports, athletics,
cultural meet, duty meet, etc.,
(14) transport of sick-persons to hospitals when
they are unable to walk in out-of-
the–way places where no public conveyance is available;
(15) transport of dead body
of police personnel who die while on duty or at places
away from their headquarters or home town;
(16) transport of the
members of the Home Guards Organisation for attending
police duties at short notice or in emergencies or attending
parades;
(17) transport of members of
the Civilian Rifle Training Centres to shooting range
and back; and
(18) for any other special
purposes as per special orders of the Commandant,
Superintendent,Commissioner,DeputyInspectorGeneral,Inspector
General Addl.Director
General or Director General.
(1)
providing
outriders in connection with pilot and escort of V.I.Ps;
(2)
taking
urgent tappals or messages at headquarters or for other places in the district
and to the camp of the Superintendent when necessary;
(3)
despatch
riding when sections of the Armed
Reserve are posted at different places in an emergency for conveying messages between sections of the Armed
Reserve;
(4)
checking of traffic offences under the orders of the
Deputy Commissioner Traffic and Superintendent, as the case may be, whenever
necessary; and
(5)
any
other purpose under the special orders of the Commissioner, Inspector
General Deputy Inspector General,
Commandant or the Superintendent, as the case may be.
2035 (1) In case of emergency, other types of vehicles may also
be used for duties other than those for which they are stipulated.
(2) The police vehicles may be used
for transport of high officials or dignitaries of the State or of the
Government of India when they visit the State and also by the Ministers of the
State, whenever necessary.
(3) Police vehicles may be used for
conveyance of officials going out on official duties whenever required.
(4) No unauthorised person should be permitted to travel in the
departmental vehicle except for conveyance of Medical or Health Authorities in
case of accidents or emergencies when medical aid is essential and also for the
conveyance of sick and injured persons concerned in such accidents and
emergencies.
(5) Police vehicles may be used for
any private or personal work of the officers on payment of hire chargers
prescribed by the Government from time to time provided the vehicles can be
spared without affecting the regular police duties.
(6) Conveyance or consolidated allowance is not admissible
for the day of use of police vehicle.
2036 (i) Accident to motor vehicles, major or
minor, should be reported to the Director General immediately by a teleprinter/Fax/wireless message.
(ii) This report should be immediately
followed by a detailed report.
(iii) Cases of accidents should be reported
to the concerned jurisdictional police officers and investigated
expeditiously. The result of
investigation should be promptly reported to the Director General.
(iv)
Enquiry should be held by the Superintendent, Commandant or Commissioner/Unit Officers as the case may
be, to examine the question of recovery of repair charge or otherwise from the
concerned.
(v)
The vehicle should be got repaired promptly and expeditiously after following
the procedure laid down for carrying
out repairs.
(vi)
Claims, if any, under insurance policies .should be promptly taken up.
(vii)
Motor Vehicle Act cases may also be promptly followed up with the Govt. Pleader
to avoid exparte judgement.
Training of Drivers of the Police Department
2037 (A) In order to provide adequate and
proper training in driving and maintenance of the motor vehicles to the drivers
of the Police Department and in order to train the Officers who supervise the
maintenance of vehicles, the Government have established a Central Police
Driving and Maintenance School during the year 1976. (GO No. HD 134 KAR 75 dated 29-4-76). (Appendix- XLI)
(B)
With the objects mentioned above in
view the following types of courses are being conducted in the PDMS:
1)
Basic Training Course for four months.
2)
Advance Training Course for two months.
3)
Refresher Course for one month.
4)
Driving and Maintenance Course for Officers of the rank of Assistant
Sub-Inspector and above for three months.
5)
Courses of short duration as directed and decided by the DGP, such as heavy
vehicle driving course for 45 days, motor cycle riding course for one month for
armed Police Constables, Electricians course for two months, fleet management
course for one week.
2038 (I) The PDMS is under
the charge of an Officer of the rank of Superintendent of Police who works
under the overall supervision of the Inspector General of Police, Training. He is assisted by a Dy. Superintendent of Police,
one Police Inspector as Senior Instructor and Sub Inspectors, Asst. Sub
Inspectors as Junior Inspectors, Head Constables and Constables as
Demonstrators and Helpers and the required number of ministerial staff.
(ii) Vehicles
The
vehicles required for training and administration will be provided from the
fleet already held by the Department.
(iii) Control:
The
Inspector General of Police, Training will be responsible for the general
control and supervision of the functioning of the School including formulation
of training policies, periodical inspections and such other matters as may be
directed by the Director General and Inspector General of Police.
(iv) The details of the function and duties are in appendix (S.O.
709). The syllabi for various courses
are in (Appendix- XLII)
* * * * *
CHAPTER LII
1. Bangalore city Police Commissionerate
2. Mysore City
Police Commissionerate, and
3. Hubli-Dharwar
City Police Commissionerate.
1. BANGALORE
CITY POLICE COMMISSIONERATE
2040. (i) The jurisdiction of Bangalore city
Police commissionerate covers an area of about 1200 sq. kms and a population of
about Eight Lakhs.
(ii) Bangalore city being the State Capital is the centre
of Political, social, commercial,
cultural and other activities. The advent of multi-national companies has accelerated the growth of the
City. The City has gained so much of
importance that it attracts a continuous stream of VVIPS. The fast growth of the City has been
providing enormous job opportunities and as a result of this there a heavy influx of population into this
city. As a result of this growth, problems
also have increased, the complexities
of which demand attention at higher levels.
In view of this increase in problems and also of the importance of Bangalore City, the Police Commissionerate
is being headed by a senior Police officer of the rank of Additional Director
General as Police Commissioner.
(iii) The Police commissioner is assisted by three Addl.
Commissioners of Police who are of the rank of Deputy Inspector General and
fifteen Deputy Commissioners of Police of the rank of the Superintendent of Police.
(iv) The territorial jurisdiction of Bangalore city is
divided into five divisions, each headed by a Deputy Commissioner of Police.
These officers function like the Superintendent of Police of the Districts in
their respective jurisdiction. The territorial divisions are - (a) East
(b)West (c) North (d) South and (e) Central Divisions.
(v) Each division
is further divided into three sub-divisions and each sub-division has
jurisdiction over 3 to 7 Police stations depending upon its area, population
and problems.
2041. The following are the territorial and functional Deputy
Commissioners of Police incharge of the divisions as well as of various other
areas of functioning and also of the City Armed Reserve.
(1) Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law &
Order (Central)
(2) Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law &
Order (East)
(3) Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law &
Order (West)
(4) Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law &
Order (North)
(5) Deputy
Commissioner of Police - Law & Order (South)
(1) Deputy Commissioner of Police -
Administration
(2) Deputy Commissioner of Police -
Intelligence
(3) Deputy Commissioner of Police - VIP
Security
(4) Deputy Commissioner of Police Ex-PM family
members security
(5) Deputy Commissioner of Police - Crime
(6) Deputy Commissioner of Police - Traffic
(7) Deputy Commissioner of Police – Public
Relation Officer
(1) Deputy
Commissioner of Police - City Armed
Reserve (Hq.)
(2) Deputy Commissioner
of Police - City Armed Reserve (South)
(3) Deputy
Commissioner of Police - City Armed Reserve (North)
2042. For the effective
maintenance of law and order and
control of crimes and criminals, the territorial jurisdiction of the Deputy
Commissioners of Police is further divided into 15 sub-divisions, 86 Police
stations and 5 Out-posts apart from a separate detachment for traffic
regulations consisting of 5 ACPs
divisions, 16 traffic zones and proportional number of traffic sub-zones under
one Deputy Commissioner of Police in charge traffic.
Apart from the above 20 ACPs there
are 12 more ACPs in the city performing
various other functions, as follows:
(1) The Assistance
Commissioner of Police- Intelligence (field)
(2) The Assistance Commissioner of Police-
Intelligence (Admn.)
(3) The Assistance Commissioner of Police- Air
Port Security
(4) The Assistance Commissioner of Police-
Traffic Training Institute
(5) The Assistance Commissioner of Police-
City Crime Record Section
(6) The Assistance Commissioner of Police-CCB
(Women & Narcotic Squad)
(7) The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB
(H&B Squad)
(8) The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB
(H&B Squad-II)
(9) The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB(Special
Enquiry)
(10) The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB
(FS Squad)
2043. For the purpose of easy mobility, convenience and better control
the City Armed Reserve in Bangalore city is divided into three units, each
under the charge of one DCP and these Units are placed at the following locations:
1.
HQ unit at Sirsi circle Mysore Road
2.
CAR South unit at Adugodi
3.
CAR North unit at Thanisandra.
Each
unit is headed by a Deputy Commissioner of Police, who is assisted by the
required number of ACPs, RPIs and other subordinate staff.
The
functioning of Armed Reserve has been dealt in detail in Chapter No. XLII
DUTIES OF OFFICERS
2044. (1) Commissioner
of Police -
(a) The Commissioner of
Police has been declared as a major
head of the department under rule 8(21) of the KCSR’s Rules. He will function subject to the over all control and supervision of the Director
General and Inspector General of Police.
(b) He shall
exercise such powers, perform such functions and duties and shall have such
responsibilities and authority as are provided by or under the Karnataka Police
Act 1963 and also as may other wise be
directed by the Government by General or Special Order and by the Director
General and Inspector General of Police from time to time. The Commissioner of Police will supervise
the functioning of the police force attached to Bangalore city
commissionerate.
(c) He is
responsible for the maintenance of Law
and Order, prevention of crime, detection and investigation of cases reported
and the effective prosecution of the cases and also for providing security to
the VVIPs in the city. .
(d) He shall
supervise the working of the units
under him in conformity with the prescribed procedure and conduct inspections
of these units as per Order No. 604 of this manual..
(e) He will submit his monthly diary to the Director
General and Inspector General of Police.
(f) He shall offer remarks on the monthly diaries of the Additional Commissioners of Police working under him and forward it to the
Director General & Inspector General of Police.
(g) He may issue
such circulars, orders as are necessary for the effective administration
of the city police force under his
charge in conformity, without controvening any
orders issued by the higher authorities.
(h) He shall
exercise all the powers of licensing authority in accordance with the
provisions of the Arms Act and the Arms Rules.
(i) He
will be responsible for the modernisation of the city force and the city
control room and the traffic control room, methods of computerisation of crime
and other data pertaining to the city and assist in mmigration control.
(j) He shall
exercise the powers conferred on him
by the Government under the Foreigners Act, Foreigners Rules, etc., He has been appointed as the registration
officer for the foreigners under the Foreigners Rules 1939. He shall arrange to
ensure that the movements and activities of the foreigners in his jurisdiction
are in accordance with the prescribed laws and circular instructions.
(k) The Government have
appointed him as Civil authority for the city of Bangalore under
Sub-Paragraph (2) of the Foreigners Order 1948.
(2) ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONERS OF
POLICE
(i) Administration & Traffic
2045. (a) The Additional
Commissioner of Police, Administration & Traffic will assist the Commissioner
of Police in the day to day work of administration and in the supervision of
effective traffic control. He will
supervise the work of the DCP
(Administration) and DCP (Traffic) and
shall perform such duties as are entrusted to him by the commissioner of
police.
(b) He has also the power
of Additional District Magistrate.
(c) He shall conduct inspection of the units as per the
scale.
(ii) Additional Commissioner
of Police - Crime
(a) Additional Commissioner of Police - Crime
will assist the Commissioner of Police in the effective control of the crimes
and in the detection of the cases
reported.
(b) He will
supervise the work of the Deputy Commissioner of Police -Crime and the work of
the DCPs incharge of divisions in the
prevention and detection of cases and issue suitable instructions.
(c) He will
review the crime situation in the city periodically at the zonal level,
divisional level and at the Police Station level and issue suitable
instructions to the officers.
(d) He shall
closely supervise the investigation of sensational cases like kidnapping,
Robbery, Dacoity, etc.
(e) He will also
supervise the working of the City Crime Record Bureau in the collection and storing of information as well as working of the City Crime Branch.
(f) He should co-ordinate
with the unit officers in the effective control of the crimes in the city and
ensure that schemes involving public co-operation like the NEIGHBOURHOOD WATCH SCHEME effectively function.
(g) He shall conduct
inspections of the units as per the scale.
(iii) Additional Commissioner of Police - City
Armed Reserve & VIP Security
(a) The Additional Commissioner of Police - City
Armed Reserve & VIP Security will assist the Commissioner of Police in the
maintenance of high standard of
discipline in the city Armed Force, and in providing adequate security to
the dignitaries and the VIPs visiting the City.
(b) He will
supervise and co-ordinate the work of the Deputy Commissioners of Police City
Armed Reserve and the VIP security and
Ex-PM family security working under him and issue suitable instructions
whenever required.
(c) He shall
visit the head quarters of the armed reserve force periodically and listen to
the grievances of the men and endeavour
to solve them.
(d) He should
visit to the police lines and ensure
that the welfare measures initiated out of benevolent fund are properly and
effectively managed.
(e) He shall
ensure that the vehicles allotted to the city unit are kept in order by
periodically checking them.
(f) He shall pay
personal attention to the security
arrangements made for the VVIPs
visiting the city.
(g) He shall liaise with agencies like
protocol, KEB, Telephones, PWD,
City Corporation , fire force etc., to ensure that necessary assistance is
extended to the city police in arranging effective security to the VVIPs.